JP2022060496A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of enhancing a player's degree of attention to a game.

SOLUTION: A game machine includes a display device for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, and executes ready-to-win display as an expectation performance for enabling a player to expect that a game state shifts to a specific control state advantageous to the player on the display device. The game machine includes: a ready-to-win display setting part for setting contents of ready-to-win display executed after the display device starts the variation display of the plurality of patterns; last-moment performance continuation time setting processing of setting continuation time of a performance executed immediately before variation display of the plurality of patterns is finally stopped after the ready-to-win display set by the ready-to-win setting processing is executed; and flame notice gage increase processing of step S1411B of notifying a player of the continuation time of a last-time performance set by the last-moment continuation time setting part and cut-in notice gage increase processing of step S1412B.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 46

COPYRIGHT: (C)2022,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine.

Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a display device for variablely displaying a plurality of patterns is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). When the game ball enters the operating port (ball entry means), the gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery and starts variable display of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big hit lottery, the display device finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which the gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine executes reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will shift to a specific control state after the variable display of the pattern is started. In this reach display, the gaming machine causes the player to repeatedly press a push button, for example, to make the image in slow motion or to make the image stationary just before the display device finally stops and displays a specific combination of patterns or the like. By doing so, the production of the last minute (hereinafter referred to as the production of the edge) is executed, and the expectation of the player is increased.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-074175

However, in the process after starting the variable display of the pattern, if another effect that reduces the player's expectation is executed before the extra effect is executed, the player's expectation is increased. If the effect is executed at the same time as when the effect is executed, the player may feel uncomfortable, and the player's attention to the game may be reduced. There is a problem.

An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the player's attention to the game.

The gaming machine of the present invention is provided with a display device that variablely displays a plurality of patterns, and is expected to make the player expect that the display device will shift the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It is a gaming machine that executes reach display as a game machine, and is set by the reach display setting unit and the reach display setting unit that set the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of patterns on the display device. After executing the reach display, when executing the variable display of multiple patterns just before the final stop display, when setting the duration of the effect, it is set in the effect duration setting unit and the effect duration setting unit. It is characterized by including an effect duration notification unit when notifying the player of the duration of the effect.

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the player's attention to the game.

Front view of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Front view of the game board Diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine The figure which shows the contents of each counter used for an internal lottery A diagram showing a winning / failing table that stores the values of random numbers that win the jackpot. The figure which shows the distribution table which stored the value of the random number which concerns on the distribution destination of a jackpot type. The figure which shows the flowchart of timer interrupt processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the winning process for a working opening The figure which shows the flowchart of a normal process Diagram showing the flow chart of the main process The figure which shows the flowchart of the game time control process The figure which shows the flowchart of the data setting process The figure which shows the flowchart of the fluctuation start processing A diagram showing a display duration table for reach generation that stores the display duration. The figure which shows the flowchart of the game state transition process The figure which shows the flowchart of the big prize opening opening and closing process The figure which shows the flowchart of the big prize opening opening process The figure which shows the flowchart of the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the voice emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device. The figure which shows the flowchart of the production decision process A diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. The figure which shows the flowchart of the decision process of an effect pattern. A diagram showing the reach display and the timing at which the notice display is generated. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device in a high-speed fluctuation period and a normal reach period. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device in the super reach period The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when the variation display of a symbol is stopped. The figure which shows the flame notice display which occurs in a normal reach period Diagram showing the cut-in notice display that occurs during the super reach period A diagram showing a command list for sending various commands to the display controller. A diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the long-term production duration is set. A diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the short-term production duration is set. The figure which shows the flowchart of the fluctuation start processing which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing a display duration table for reach generation that stores the display duration. The figure which shows the flowchart of the decision process of an effect pattern. A diagram showing a flowchart of the production duration setting process. The figure which shows the display duration distributed to the normal reach period and the main body production time A diagram showing a command list for sending various commands to the display controller. A diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the high expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the low expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the low expectation level production duration is set. The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination process of the effect pattern which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing the flame warning display that occurs during the normal reach period and the rise of the gauge. A diagram showing the cut-in notice display that occurs during the super reach period and the rise of the gauge. A diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the high expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the medium expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the low expectation level production duration is set. A diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the low expectation level production duration is set.

[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine that is a kind of gaming machine. As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10 and a gaming machine main body rotatably attached to the outer frame 11 in the front (front side). It is equipped with twelve.

The gaming machine main body 12 has an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so that one of the left and right side portions can be rotated as a support side, and the game machine main body 12 is arranged in front of the inner frame and on both the left and right sides. The front door frame 13 is supported by the inner frame so that one of the portions can be rotated forward as the support side, and the front door frame 13 is arranged behind the inner frame. It is equipped with a back pack unit (not shown) supported by an inner frame so that it can rotate to.

The gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device (not shown) provided at its rotating tip. This locking device has a function of locking the gaming machine main body 12 so that it cannot be opened with respect to the outer frame 11, and also has a function of locking the front door frame 13 so that it cannot be opened with respect to the inner frame. Have. These locked states are released by performing an unlocking operation using the unlocking key on the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front surface side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted in the window portion 21. In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made colorless and transparent by glass, but may be formed colorless and transparent by synthetic resin or the like.
Further, the front door frame 13 has a display lamp unit 23 provided above the window unit 21 as a part of light emitting means composed of various lamp units provided around the window unit 21, and a display lamp unit. A speaker unit 24 provided on both the left and right sides of the 23 and outputting sound effects and the like according to the game situation, and an upper bulging portion 25 and a lower bulging portion 26 provided below the window portion 21 are provided. There is.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are arranged side by side in the upper and lower portions, and are provided so as to bulge forward together.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper plate 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and moves to the game ball launch mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4) side while arranging them in a row. It has a function to guide.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided inside so as to open upward. The lower plate 26a has a function of storing excess game balls in the upper plate 25a.

Further, the front door frame 13 is provided with a firing handle 27 as a launching means provided on the right side of the lower plate 26a. The launch handle 27 launches a game ball from the game ball launch mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward the game area provided above the inner frame by being operated by the player of the pachinko machine 10. do. By changing the amount of rotation of the firing handle 27, the firing intensity of the gaming ball to be launched toward the gaming area, that is, the firing momentum is changed.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to the surface thereof, and is mounted on the inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. In this game area, substantially the entire area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 constitute a guide rail 34 for the game ball to the game area, and the guide rail 34 is launched from the game ball launch mechanism 81 by the player rotating the launch handle 27. Guide the played game ball to the upper part of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is arranged on one side of the game area and faces the upper center of the game area. Therefore, the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the amount of rotation of the firing handle 27 by the player increases. It shifts to the side of the side. In the present embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side portion of the game area.

The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing in the game area. Further, the game board 31 has a general winning opening 35 provided in each opening, an upper operating opening (first starting ball entry portion) 36, a lower operating opening (second starting ball entry portion) 37, a variable winning device 38, and the like. And has an out port 39. Further, the game board 31 includes a through gate 41 provided on each of the left side of the central portion and the right side of the central portion, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, a variable display unit 43 provided in the central portion, and the like. Have. Further, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 planted for appropriately dispersing or adjusting the falling direction of the game ball, and various members (roles) such as a windmill in the game area. ing.

Each of the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 includes detection sensors 50a to 50d (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of a game ball. The detection sensors 50a to 50d are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 is provided with a detection sensor 50a, the upper operating opening 36 is provided with a detection sensor 50b, the lower operating opening 37 is provided with a detection sensor 50c, and the variable winning device 38 is a detection sensor 50d. It is equipped with. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50d. The detection sensors 50a to 50d may be any kind as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game ball, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor or the like can be adopted.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out 10 prize balls when a ball enters the general prize opening 35. The pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when the ball enters the upper operating port 36 and when the ball enters the lower operating port 37. The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 prize balls when a ball is entered into the variable winning device 38. The number of these prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in each of the operating ports 36 and 37 may be different.

The out port 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of the game board 31. The game balls that have not entered the various winning openings and the like are discharged from the game area through the out openings 39. Further, the out port 39 includes a detection sensor 50e (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensor 50e is arranged on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not pay out the prize balls when the balls enter the out openings 39, unlike the cases where the balls enter the various winning openings.

Each through gate 41 includes a detection sensor 50f (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensor 50f is arranged on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not pay out the prize balls when the balls enter the through gates 41, unlike the case where the balls enter the various winning openings.

Here, the entry ball means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening, and is discharged not only from the game area after passing through the opening but also from the game area after passing through the opening. It also includes a mode in which the flow of the game area is continued without flowing. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish from the entry of the game ball into the out opening 39, the entry of the game ball into various winning openings is also referred to as a winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 means that after passing through a gate provided in the game area, the ball continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area. The entry into the through gate 41 is also referred to as a entry in the same manner as the entry into various winning openings.

The upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 are unitized as an operating port device and installed on the game board 31. Each of the operating ports 36 and 37 opens upward together so that the game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged above and the lower operating port 37 is arranged below. It is installed side by side in the vertical direction. The lower actuating port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory drive unit 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-supported state or non-guided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric accessory driving unit 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is closed by bringing the upper ends of the electric accessory 37a close to each other in the left-right direction. The open state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is opened by separating the upper ends of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operating port 36 is narrower than that of one game ball. Further, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface portion of the upper operating port 36 is wider than that of one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot win a prize in the lower operating port 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set in the closed state, and can win a prize in the lower operating port 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set in the open state. can.

In addition, the electric accessory 37a is in a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to win a prize in the lower operating port 37 (a state in which the game ball can be entered unlike the closed state) instead of the closed state and the open state described above. The operating port 37 may be configured to switch between a state in which a game ball is likely to win a prize. Further, the lower operating port 37 may be configured such that such switching is not performed by setting the electric accessory 37a but by the displacement of the lower operating port 37. In the case of such a configuration, the lower operating port 37 may be configured. 37 does not have to be provided with the electric accessory 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, an opening / closing door 38b for opening / closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening / closing door 38b. It is equipped with a variable winning drive unit 38c.
In addition, the player maximizes the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 27, and sets the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the side opposite to it. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like.

Here, the game board 31 includes a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 has a transparent panel 381a formed transparently (or translucently) so that the variable winning device 38 can be visually recognized from the front side, and an opacity formed around the transparent panel 381a. It is provided with a panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window portion 21.

The large winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the large winning opening 38a includes a detection sensor 50d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening / closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the large winning opening 38a. The opening / closing door 38b is in a closed state in which the opening of the large winning opening 38a is closed by advancing toward the window panel 22 and protruding from the game board 31, and is retracted toward the inside of the game board 31. By burying it in 31, it has an open state in which the opening of the large winning opening 38a is opened.
The variable winning drive unit 38c sets the open / close door 38b to either the open state or the closed state by driving the open / close door 38b.

Specifically, the opening / closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which a game ball cannot win a prize. Then, when the shift to the open / close execution mode is won in the internal lottery and the shift to the open / close execution mode is performed, the open / close door 38b is set to the open state in which the game ball can win a prize.
The open / close execution mode (specific control state) is a mode in which the open / close door 38b is set to the open state and the game ball can be inserted into the large winning opening 38a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, after the open / close door 38b is set to the open state and then set to the closed state again, it is called one round game.

The main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and a display unit 46 for accessories, and has a plurality of display devices such as a segment display device in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner and a dot display device. It is arranged and configured.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 via the window panel 22. Further, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than that of one game ball. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the main display device 42.

The main display unit 45 has a first result display unit 45a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operating port 36, and the inside performed based on the winning of the lower operating port 37. It is provided with a second result display unit 45b for displaying the result of the lottery (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the open / close execution mode when the open / close execution mode is set (or the open / close execution mode is set). ..

The first result display unit 45a executes the variation display of the pattern triggered by the winning of the upper operating port 36, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operating port 36. Display the result of. When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the variation display of the pattern triggered by the winning of the lower operating port 37, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower operating port 37. Display the result of. When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.

The accessory display unit 46 executes a variable display of the pattern triggered by winning a prize in each through gate 41, and as a result of stopping the variable display, an internal lottery is performed based on the winning in each through gate 41. Display the result of. When the result of the internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the electric service open state, the accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric service open state. In this electric service open state, the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower actuating port 37 is in an open state in a predetermined manner.

In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 are composed of a segment display device, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the liquid crystal display device, the organic EL display device, the CRT, and the like. It may be configured by another type of display device such as a dot matrix. Further, as the pattern to be variablely displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variablely displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are variablely displayed, and a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variablely displayed. , Or a configuration in which multiple types of colors are switched and displayed can be adopted.

The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 51 that variablely displays (variable display or switching display) a symbol that is a type of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 52 arranged so as to surround the symbol display device 51. The upper portion of the center frame 52 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front surface side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the fall of the game ball. It is composed.

The symbol display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 51 starts variable display of the symbol based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. That is, when the symbol display device 51 executes the variation display on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 and the variation display on the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, the symbol display device 51 may execute the variation display. The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 51 is not limited to the liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 52 includes a first holding lamp unit 53 provided in the lower left area of the symbol display device 51, a second holding lamp unit 54 provided in the lower right area of the symbol display device 51, and a symbol display. It is provided with a third holding lamp portion 55 provided in the upper region of the device 51.

The first holding lamp unit 53 is a portion that displays the number of holdings of the game balls that have won a prize in the upper operating port 36, and lights up according to the number of holdings. The first holding lamp unit 53 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display unit 45a and the symbol display device 51.
The second holding lamp unit 54 is a portion that displays the number of holdings of the winning game balls in the lower operating port 37, and lights up according to the number of holdings. The second holding lamp unit 54 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45b and the symbol display device 51.
The third holding lamp unit 55 is a portion that displays the number of holdings of the game balls that have won a prize in each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of holdings. The third holding lamp unit 55 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display unit 46.
The holding lamp units 53 to 55 may have other configurations such as being displayed as an image on a part of the symbol display device 51 described later.

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device.
As shown in FIG. 3, the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is divided into three columns of display areas, and the left symbol column Z1, the middle symbol column Z2, and the right symbol are in each display area in order from the left. Column Z3 is displayed. In each symbol row Z1 to Z3, eight types of symbols consisting of numbers "1" to "8" are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and "1" is next to "8". It is composed of. In FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is shown by a alternate long and short dash line.

The symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect for playing the game is executed on the display screen G. The effect for this game round is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2, and finally, the predetermined symbol is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. It ends in the state.
That is, the game times are from the start of the variable display on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to the display of a predetermined stop result based on the winning of each of the operating ports 36 and 37.

The mode of variable display of the symbol in the symbol display device 51 is not limited to this, and is arbitrary. For example, the number of columns of the symbol string, the scroll direction of each symbol column, the number of symbols of each symbol string, and the like can be appropriately changed. Further, the symbol of each symbol row may be a mode in which a picture and a number are combined, or may be a mode of only a picture, instead of the mode of only numbers.

<Electrical configuration of pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a voice emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. Further, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 that executes payout control that causes the above-mentioned payout device 71 to pay out the game ball, and a power supply that executes launch control that causes the above-mentioned game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch the game ball. It includes a launch control device 80, which is mounted on the backpack unit.

The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. The main control device 60 includes a board box for accommodating the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may be provided with a trace means for leaving a trace upon opening, or may be provided with a trace structure for leaving a trace upon opening. Specifically, as a trace means, a substrate box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connecting portion (caulking portion) that requires destruction of a predetermined portion when separating each case body is provided or peeled off. At this time, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which a sealing sticker that leaves a trace of peeling due to the adhesive layer remaining on the bonding target is attached so as to straddle the boundary between a plurality of case bodies. Further, as the trace structure, a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies can be adopted.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be individually chipped. This also applies to MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply for holding the stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a pass / fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing a control program stored in the ROM 63, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply for holding the stored information. Is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, a holding ball storage area 64b, and an electric service holding area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

The MPU 62 includes an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the voice emission control device 90. Further, the output port of the MPU 62 has a main display, an electric accessory drive unit 37b for opening and closing the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c for opening and closing the opening / closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a main display. It is connected to the unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46.

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric accessory open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 37b to open and close the electric accessory 37a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c to open / close the large winning opening 38a. Further, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the main display unit 45 and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the respective operating ports 36 and 37. Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display unit 46 and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power supply / launch control device 80 having a function of supplying operating power, and monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage output from the power supply / launch control device 80. .. Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power via the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 50a to 50f correspond one-to-one to the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, and each through gate 41. It is provided. Based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50f, the MPU 62 makes a winning determination (ball entry determination) for various winning openings, out openings 39, and each through gate 41. The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37.

The payout control device 70 executes payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and rental balls (game balls to be lent to the player at the time of a game) based on a command (control command) transmitted from the main control device 60. do.

The power supply / launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game hall or the like. Then, the power supply / emission control device 80 generates the operating power required for each of the main control board 61, the payout control device 70, etc. based on the external power supplied from the commercial power source, and the generated operation. Supply power. The power supply / emission control device 80 includes a power supply unit for power failure such as a backup capacitor. The power supply unit for power failure supplies power for storage and holding to the RAM 64 of the main control device 60 even when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

Further, the power supply / launch control device 80 executes launch control for launching the game ball to the game ball launch mechanism 81. Here, the game ball launch mechanism 81 has a launch rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying the game balls stored in the upper plate 25a onto the launch rail, and a launch rail. It is equipped with a solenoid, which is an electric actuator that launches the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34 toward the guide rail 34. The power supply / launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to this solenoid to launch a game ball when predetermined launch conditions are met.

<Electrical configuration for executing an internal lottery in the MPU 62 of the main control device 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 5, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the jackpot, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the jackpot when the jackpot occurs, and draws whether or not to generate the reach display. The reach random number counter C3 is used for. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variable type counter CS for determining the display duration in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory opening counter C4 for a lottery as to whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric service open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64.

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time the counter is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, the counter returns to 0. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as the acquisition information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is stored in the electric service holding area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. Will be done.

The holding ball storage area 64b includes a holding area Ra for the first result display unit, a holding area Rb for the second result display unit, and an execution area AE.

The first result display unit holding area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of the first area Ra1 to the fourth area Ra4. Each area Ra1 to Ra4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses the set of the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information in chronological order in each area Ra1 to Ra4 according to the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36. Store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the hold information in the order of the first area Ra1 → the second area Ra2 → the third area Ra3 → the fourth area Ra4 when the upper operating port 36 is awarded a prize a plurality of times in succession. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the holding area Ra for the first result display unit includes four storage areas, up to four winning balls for the upper operating port 36 are held. Further, the reserved area Ra for the first result display unit includes a storage area for writing the reserved number stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
The number of holdings related to the upper operating port 36 is not limited to four, and may be arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. You may.

The second result display unit holding area Rb provided as the second acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of the first area Rb1 to the fourth area Rb4. Each area Rb1 to Rb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses the set of the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information in time series in each area Rb1 to Rb4 according to the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37. Store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the hold information in the order of the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4 when the lower operating port 37 is awarded a prize a plurality of times in succession. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the holding area Rb for the second result display unit includes four storage areas, up to four winning balls of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 are held. Further, the reserved area Rb for the second result display unit includes a storage area for writing the reserved number stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
The number of holdings related to the lower operating port 37 is not limited to four, and may be arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. You may.

When the execution area AE starts the variable display of the result display units 45a and 45b, the execution area AE has the hold information stored in the storage area of the hold area Ra for the first result display unit or the hold area Rb for the second result display unit. It is an area for moving.

The electric service holding area 64c includes four storage areas like the holding area Ra for the first result display unit and the holding area Rb for the second result display unit. Therefore, the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of reserved pieces related to each through gate 41 is not limited to four, and may be arbitrary, and may be another plurality such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. May be.

<Detailed explanation of each counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory opening counter C4 will be described. The electric accessory release counter C4 becomes a loop counter that loops in the range of 0 to 250 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, reaching the maximum value of 250, and then returning to 0. ing.
The electric accessory opening counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric service holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. To.
Then, the MPU 62 draws a lottery (electric combination) as to whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric service open state based on the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the electric service holding area 64c. Execute the thing opening lottery).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes in which the frequency of winning the game ball to the lower operating port 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is different from each other. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low frequency support mode (low frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is relatively low, and a frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. It has a relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

In the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the electric role open state is the same (for example, both are 4/5) in the electric accessory open lottery. However, in the high frequency support mode, as compared with the low frequency support mode, when the electric accessory 37a is won in the open state, the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state more often, and the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. The opening time for one time is also longer. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state during each opening in the one opening state is shorter than the one opening time. Furthermore, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode is the minimum secured time (role) that is secured as the waiting time from the end of the electric accessory opening lottery to the next electric accessory opening lottery. The duration of one variable display on the object display unit 46) is shortened.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to win a prize in the lower operating port 37 as compared with the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper operating port 36 than the lower operating opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning a prize in the lower operating port 37 than in the upper operating port 36.
Then, when a prize is detected in the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of game balls so much. It can be carried out.

The configuration of the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode is not limited to this. For example, the high-frequency support mode may be configured to increase the probability of winning the electric combination open state in the electric accessory opening lottery as compared with the low-frequency support mode. Further, for example, a plurality of types of reservation times may be prepared, and the high frequency support mode may be configured so that a shorter reservation time can be easily selected as compared with the low frequency support mode, and the average of the selection time is selected. May be configured to be shorter. Further, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode sets the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. It may be configured to be relatively high as compared with.

Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. The jackpot random number counter C1 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, reaching the maximum value of 599, and then returning to 0. .. Further, the jackpot random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value every time it loops once. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599, similarly to the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is set in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Stored in. Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (win / fail lottery) for generating a big hit based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a winning / failing table in which the values of random numbers won in the occurrence of a big hit are stored.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the random number that wins the jackpot is set in the hit / miss table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the hit / miss information group storage means, as shown in FIG. It is stored as (pass / fail information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two winning / failing lottery modes: a low-probability mode (low-probability state) in which it is difficult to win a big hit, and a high-probability mode (high-probability state) in which a big hit is easy to win. .. The pass / fail tables are the pass / fail table for the low probability mode (low probability pass / fail information group) shown in FIG. 6 (a) and the pass / fail table for the high probability mode shown in FIG. 6 (b) (high probability pass / fail information). Group) and.
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for generating a jackpot by comparing these hit / miss tables with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

These win / fail tables have the results (win / fail results) of a plurality of jackpot occurrences of "big hit win", "special miss result", and "normal miss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the low probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit, as shown in FIG. 6A, the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit winning" is two. Is.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the high probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit, as shown in FIG. 6 (b), the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit winning" is 21. Is. Here, the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot winning stored in the winning / failing table for the low probability mode is included in the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit winning" stored in the winning / failing table for the high probability mode.

The value and number of random numbers stored in each winning / failing table are arbitrary, and the high-probability mode may have a higher probability of winning a big hit than the low-probability mode. In addition, the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit win" stored in the win / fail table for the high probability mode does not include the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit win" stored in the win / fail table for the low probability mode. It may also include a part of the value of the random number that becomes the "big hit win" stored in the win / fail table for the low probability mode.

In addition, in each winning / losing lottery mode, other than the value of the random number that is the "big hit winning", the big hit is not won and the result is lost.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of deviation results, a "special deviation result (small hit result)" and a "normal deviation result". All of these deviation results are common in that they do not trigger the transition to the win / fail lottery mode or the support mode. However, the "special deviation result" is different in that it does not trigger the transition to the open / close execution mode, whereas the "normal deviation result" does not trigger the transition to the open / close execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, reaching the maximum value of 29, and then returning to 0. ..
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is set in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Stored in. Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (sorting lottery) of the jackpot type when a jackpot occurs, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a distribution table in which the values of random numbers related to the distribution destinations of the jackpot types are stored.
As shown in FIG. 7, the value of the random number related to the distribution destination of the jackpot type is stored in the distribution table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the distribution information group storage means. It is stored as a minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7 (a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 7 (b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes a lottery of the jackpot type by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The first distribution table is for the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the hold area Ra for the first result display unit to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning of the upper operating port 36. It is a table that is referred to when a lottery of the type of jackpot is performed.
As shown in FIG. 7A, the first distribution table includes "low probability result (special distribution result corresponding to low probability)" and "unspecified small round high probability result (hidden high probability result corresponding to small round)". ) ”,“ Explicit small round high probability result (high probability result corresponding to small round) ”, and“ Most advantageous result (special distribution result corresponding to high probability) ”are set as the distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" are distributed to "low probability results", and "10 to 14" are "unspecified". "Round high accuracy result" is assigned, "15-19" is assigned to "explicit small round high accuracy result", and "20 to 29" is assigned to "most advantageous result".

The second distribution table is for the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the hold area Rb for the second result display unit to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning of the lower operating port 37. It is a table that is referred to when a lottery of the type of jackpot is performed.
As shown in FIG. 7B, the second distribution table has two distribution results, "low probability result" and "most advantageous result", as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" is distributed to "low probability results", and "10 to 29" is the "most advantageous result". It is distributed to.

Each distribution result has a difference in at least one of the following conditions (1) to (3).
(1) Win / fail lottery mode after the end of the open / close execution mode (2) Support mode after the end of the open / close execution mode (3) Mode of open / close control of the variable winning device 38 in the open / close execution mode

First, the difference in the winning / failing lottery mode of (1) will be described.
The "low probability result" is a distribution result in which the winning / failing lottery mode is set to the low probability mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends regardless of the winning / failing lottery mode before the opening / closing execution mode ends. This low-probability mode continues until at least a "big hit win" in the win / loss lottery.
"Unspecified small round high probability result", "Explicit small round high probability result", and "Most advantageous result" have a high probability of winning / failing lottery mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends regardless of the winning / failing lottery mode before the opening / closing execution mode ends. This is the distribution result set in the mode. This high-probability mode continues until at least a "big win" is achieved in the winning or losing lottery.

Next, the difference in the support mode of (2) will be described.
The "low probability result" is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the high frequency support mode after the end of the open / close execution mode regardless of the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode. This high-frequency support mode shifts to the low-frequency support mode when the number of game rounds reaches the end reference number of times (specifically, 100 times).

The "unspecified small round high accuracy result" is a distribution result in which the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode is maintained as it is. Here, if the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode is the high-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode continues at least until a "big hit win" is obtained in the winning / failing lottery.
The "explicit small round high accuracy result" and the "most advantageous result" are distribution results in which the support mode is set to the high frequency support mode after the end of the open / close execution mode regardless of the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode. This high-frequency support mode continues until at least a "big win" is obtained in the winning / losing lottery.

The difference in the mode of opening / closing control of the variable winning device 38 in the opening / closing execution mode of (3) will be described in detail later.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, reaching the maximum value 238, and then returning to 0. ..
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is set in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Stored in. Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate the reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The reach display is an expected effect that occurs when the result is a "normal loss result" without being a "big hit win" in the win / fail lottery.
Specifically, the MPU 62 is the value of the reach table and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b when the result is a "normal loss result" without being a "big hit win" in the win / fail lottery. By comparing with and, a lottery for whether or not to generate the reach display is executed, and when the reach display is generated in this lottery, the reach display is generated. The reach table is a table that stores the value of a random number related to the occurrence of the reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63c (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63.

Here, when the winning / fail lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution is distributed to the "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 stops, as a result of stopping, the same odd number or the same even number. The combination of symbols having the numbers of is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. In addition, when the result is a "big hit" in the winning / failing lottery and the result is sorted into a "low probability result" in the sorting lottery, the symbol display device 51 is a combination of symbols having the same even number as a stop result. Is stopped and displayed on the valid line L. Furthermore, if the winning / fail lottery is a "big hit win" and the lottery is divided into "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result", or if the winning / fail lottery is "big hit winning". If the result is a "special deviation result", the symbol display device 51 is selected when the stop result is not a combination of symbols having the same number but a "normal deviation result" in the winning / failing lottery. A combination of special symbols having different numbers that are not displayed is stopped and displayed on the effective line L.

Reach display is when the combination of symbols with the same number is finally stopped and displayed (it becomes a "big hit win" in the winning / failing lottery, and it is divided into "most advantageous result" or "low probability result" in the distribution lottery. In the case of), it occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, the reach display is when the combination of special symbols is finally stopped and displayed (“Big hit win” in the winning / failing lottery, and “Unspecified small round high probability result” or “Explicit small round high” in the distribution lottery. It does not occur regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3 in the case of being sorted into "probability result" or in the case of "special loss result" without being "big hit winning" in the winning / losing lottery.

In the reach display mode, a part of the symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is placed on the effective line L. By displaying the stop, the same combination of symbols is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 becomes a "big hit winner" in the winning / losing lottery after the variable display is started by the symbol display device 51 by generating the reach display and before displaying the predetermined stop result. It is possible to make the player expect that the result is divided into "low probability result" or "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery.

The mode of reach display is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol strings are stopped and displayed, and then the remaining symbol columns are displayed in a variable manner, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image in the background. Alternatively, each symbol string may be reduced or hidden, and then a predetermined character or the like may be displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the symbol display device 51. The expected effect is to make the player expect that the winning / failing lottery will be a "big hit" after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. Refers to the production. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expected effects, the reach display and the notice display described above.

The notice display will not be a "big hit win" in the win / loss lottery if it is a "big hit win" in the win / loss lottery, or if it is a "special loss result" without being a "big hit win" in the win / loss lottery. This is an expected production that makes it easier to generate the production than when the result is "normally out of order". This notice display may make it easier to select an effect having a low appearance rate, or may combine these, instead of making it easier to generate the effect.
The lottery for whether or not to generate the reach display was executed by the main control device 60, whereas the lottery for whether or not to generate the notice display is executed by the voice emission control device 90. ..

The mode of the notice display is a part of the symbol rows (for example, for example) in which all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variablely displayed among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. A predetermined character in a situation where a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2 and Z3) are variablely displayed or a reach display is generated after the symbol row Z1) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Etc. are displayed on the display screen G as a moving image. This notice display occurs in both the case where the reach display is generated and the case where the reach display is not generated, but it is set so that it is more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. Has been done.
The notice display is not limited to this, and may be displayed by changing the background, or may change the form of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3.

Finally, the variable type counter CS will be described. The variation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, reaching the maximum value of 198, and then returning to 0. ..
The variation type counter CS is updated at least once for each execution of the normal processing described later, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time the update is performed.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the display duration of the symbol on the main display unit 45 and the display duration of the symbol on the symbol display device 51 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer. The display duration will be described in detail later.

<About various processes executed by the main controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing for advancing the game, and main processing that is activated when the power is turned on. Hereinafter, timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described in order.
The MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing that is activated by inputting a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal) in addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, but the description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In the timer interrupt process, the MPU 62 periodically (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec) executes steps S101 to S105, as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes a reading process for the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50f, determines the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 50a to 50d corresponding to various winning openings detect the winning of the game ball, the MPU 62 sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize ball, and this setting is made. The command is transmitted to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of a game ball, the MPU 62 is a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is a specific unit number. Is transmitted to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control for causing the payout device 71 to execute the payout of the prize ball based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62.

In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI by adding 1 to the previous value, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. do. If the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 is updated by adding 1 to the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4, respectively. The latter value is stored in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. If the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous values of the counters C1 to C4, the values of the counters C1 to C4 are returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for thru. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50f corresponding to each through gate 41 has detected the winning of the game ball, the electric accessory opening counter C4 updated in step S103. The value of is stored in the electric service holding area 64c. Further, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third hold lamp unit 55, and transmits the set command to the voice emission control device 90.
The voice emission control device 90 turns on the third hold lamp unit 55 based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of reserved game balls that have won the through gate 41 is four, and the third reserved lamp unit 55 lights up by the number corresponding to the reserved number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operating port.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the operating port will be described in detail.

<Prize processing for operating port>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a winning process for the operating port.
In the winning process for the actuation port, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S207 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 50b corresponding to the upper operating port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether or not the game ball has won a prize (starting winning) in the upper operating port 36. Is determined. When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has won a prize in the upper operating port 36, in step S202, the MPU 62 grasps the number of holdings stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit, and holds the holding. The number is set as the first start hold storage number RaN in a predetermined storage area in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S205.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not won the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 wins the game ball. By determining whether or not the above is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won a prize (starting prize) in the lower operating port 37.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has not won a prize in the lower operating port 37, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operating port. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has won a prize in the lower operating port 37, the MPU 62 grasps the number of holdings stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display unit in step S204. The reserved number is set as the second start reserved storage number RbN in a predetermined storage area in the reserved area Rb for the second result display unit. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S205.

After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, in step S205, the start hold storage number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Determine if it exists.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start hold storage number N is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operating port. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start hold storage number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 updates by adding 1 to the value of the start hold storage number N in step S206.

In step S207, the MPU 62 sets each value set of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process in the free storage area of the hold area for the result display unit. It is stored as hold information in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start hold storage number N updated in step S206.

For example, when the first start hold storage number RaN is set in step S202, the MPU 62 has each of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. The set of values is stored as hold information in the first storage area in the free storage area of the hold area Ra for the first result display unit, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start hold storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the first start hold storage number RaN is set to "3" in step S202, the MPU 62 is in the storage area corresponding to the first start hold storage number RaN "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

Further, for example, when the second start hold storage number RbN is set in step S204, the MPU 62 has a jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter C2, and a reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. The set of each value of is stored as hold information in the first storage area of the free storage area of the hold area Rb for the second result display unit, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start hold storage number RbN updated in step S206. do. For example, when the second start hold storage number RbN is set to "3" in step S204, the MPU 62 is in the storage area corresponding to the second start hold storage number RbN "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

Further, in step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the first hold lamp unit 53 or the second hold lamp unit 54, and transmits this set command to the voice emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operating port.
The voice emission control device 90 turns on the first hold lamp unit 53 or the second hold lamp unit 54 based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of game balls that have won a prize in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37 is four, and the first holding lamp unit 53 or the second holding lamp unit 54 has this holding number. And the corresponding number of lights.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which is activated when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process, which is a main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 in a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when the remaining time occurs, and steps S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

In step S301, the MPU 62 executes an external output process for transmitting the timer interrupt process or the command set in the previous normal process to each control device on the sub side. In this external output processing, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the prize ball command is set, and if it is determined that the prize ball command is set, the MPU 62 issues the prize ball command to the payout control device 70. Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for the effect such as a command corresponding to the effect for the game round or a command corresponding to the effect for the open / close execution mode is set, and the command for the effect is set. If it is determined that the setting is made, the command for the effect is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90.

In step S302, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 is updated by adding 1 to the previous value of the variation type counter CS, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. .. If the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the variation type counter CS, the value of the variation type counter CS is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes a game turn control process for advancing the game turn. In the game time control process, the MPU 62 executes a winning / failing lottery and a distribution lottery, determines information related to a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 51, and finally stops and displays the pattern on the main display unit 45. Executes the determination of information related to.
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes a game state transition process for shifting the game state. In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes a transition process to each game state such as an open / close execution mode, a high probability mode, and a high frequency support mode.
The game turn control process in step S303 and the game state transition process in step S304 will be described in detail later.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes the demo display execution determination process. In this demo display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 sec) for starting a demo has elapsed without starting a new game round after the end of the game round. If it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90.
The voice emission control device 90 starts the demo display execution process based on the demo command transmitted from the MPU 62.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of times the process of step S305 is executed. For example, when the start waiting period is 3 sec and the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S305 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed and reaches 750 times, the start waiting period. Is determined to have passed. The configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. Further, if the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of executions of the process in step S305, the MPU 62 resets the value of the count.

In step S306, the MPU 62 executes an electric service support process for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower actuating port 37. In this electric function support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric accessory opening lottery based on the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the electric service holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and also performs the electric accessory opening lottery. If it is won, the opening / closing process of the electric accessory 37a is executed. Further, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory opening lottery.

In step S307, the MPU 62 executes the game ball launch control process. In this game ball launch control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply / launch control device 80 to execute launch control for launching the game ball based on the player rotating the launch handle 27. Specifically, the power supply / launch control device 80 causes the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch the game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball launch mechanism 81 in a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in the present embodiment). .. The solenoid is excited to launch the game ball with a firing intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the firing handle 27. Further, the power supply / launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch the game ball when the predetermined launch conditions are satisfied.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 by inputting a power failure signal from the power failure monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. When the power failure monitoring board 65 confirms the occurrence of a power failure, the power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal. This power failure flag is cleared when the next main process is executed.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 into a predetermined area such as the RAM 64, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power failure flag by substituting 1 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64, and clears the power failure flag by substituting 0 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S308, the MPU 62 executes the power failure processing after step S312 without executing the processing after step S309. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the occurrence of timer interrupt processing. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores the RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, the MPU 62 prohibits access to the RAM 64. After that, the MPU 62 continues an infinite loop until the power supply is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S308, whether or not the timing for executing the next normal processing has been reached in step S309, that is, the current normal processing is performed. It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed from the start.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not been reached, that is, when the remaining time occurs, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated in step S310, and step S311 In, the variation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 until it is determined in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has been reached.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has been reached, that is, when the remaining time has not occurred, the MPU 62 executes the next step S301 again to perform the next time. Normal processing starts.

<Main processing>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main process.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes a start-up process when the power is turned on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for the control board on the sub side (control board of the voice emission control device 90, etc.) to be in an operable state for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on. ) Waits for elapse.

In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. When the MPU 62 determines in step S402 that 1 sec has not elapsed, the MPU 62 repeatedly executes the process of step S402. Further, when it is determined in step S402 that 1 sec has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S403.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has elapsed by counting the number of times the process of step S402 is executed. For example, when the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S402 is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S402 is executed and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when it reaches 10,000 times. The configuration for measuring the permission / prohibition period is arbitrary, and for example, the permission / prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S403, the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the RAM erasing switch (not shown) provided in the power supply / emission control device 80 is turned on.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is turned on, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, the MPU 62 determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. do.

Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S405 that the power failure flag is not set, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S405 that the power failure flag is set, the MPU 62 calculates the RAM determination value in step S406.
In step S407, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether or not the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value saved in step S313 (processing at the time of power interruption) of normal processing, and if they match, the RAM determination value is compared. , The RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S407 that the RAM determination value is not normal, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S407 that the RAM determination value is normal, the MPU 62 clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method for confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. For example, a keyword is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 in the power failure processing. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by writing and determining whether or not this keyword is normally written in the main process.

As described above, the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or determines the RAM determination value in step S407. If it is determined that is not normal, the processes after step S409 are executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S410.

Therefore, for example, the manager of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch at the start of business of the game hall. Further, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of the power failure is not confirmed on the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 sends an initial command to the control board on the sub side (control board of the voice emission control device 90, etc.) in step S411, and the timer interrupt in step S412. Allows the occurrence of processing and shifts to the above-mentioned normal processing.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, the control board on the sub side recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is normally performed, and executes its own initialization. do.

<Game times control process>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game rotation control process.
In the game times control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the open / close execution mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the opening / closing execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game round regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each of the operating ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode, and clears the open / close execution mode flag at the end of the open / close execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open / close execution mode is not in progress, whether or not the main display unit 45 is in the variable display in step S502, that is, the game round is in progress. Judge whether or not.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is not in the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing of steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is in the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round progress process of steps S506 to S509.

First, the game round start processing of steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of holdings stored in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit and the number of holdings stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display unit, and these holding numbers. It is determined whether or not the total number CRN of is "0" or less. When the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is "0" or less, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display unit holding area Ra or the second result display unit holding area Ra or the second result display unit holding area The data setting process for setting the hold information stored in Rb for digestion of the game times is executed. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to start the variation display to execute the variation start process for digesting the game times, and ends the game times control process.
Hereinafter, the data setting process in step S504 and the fluctuation start process in step S505 will be described in detail.

FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the data setting process.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start hold storage number RbN of the hold area Rb for the second result display unit set in step S204 of the winning process for the operating port is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start hold storage number RbN is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the data setting process for the first result display unit of steps S602 to S606, and in step S601. If it is determined that the second start hold storage number RbN is not "0" or less, the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 is executed.

As described above, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display unit, which sets the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit for digestion of the game times, and the second result display unit. It has a data setting process for a second result display unit that sets the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for digestion of game times.
Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start hold storage number RbN is not "0" or less, the second result display unit does not execute the data setting process for the first result display unit. Executes the data setting process for. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display unit based on the winning of the game ball to the lower action port 37, the MPU 62 moves to the upper action port 36. Regardless of whether or not there is hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit based on the winning of the game ball, the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display unit is preferentially played. Set for multiple digestions.

First, the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 is updated by subtracting 1 from the value of the first start hold storage number RaN of the hold area Ra for the first result display unit.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first area Ra1 of the hold area Ra for the first result display unit to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the hold area Ra for the first result display unit. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the reserved information stored in each area Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the hold information of the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra2. Shift to area Ra3.

In step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. The second result display unit flag is a flag for specifying which of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b, which of the main display unit 45, has started the variable display at the time of digesting the game times. Is. In this step S605, since the MPU 62 has cleared the second result display unit flag, the first result display unit 45a is variablely displayed based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36 at the time of digesting the game times. Is shown to start.

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a shift time command for recognizing that the shift of the reserved information has been executed, transmits the set shift time command to the voice emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command is a voice emission control device that shifts the hold information for the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36. It contains information to make 90 recognize.
The voice emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first hold lamp unit 53 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the voice emission control device 90 reduces the number of lights of the first holding lamp unit 53 as the number of holdings of the game balls winning in the upper operating port 36 decreases.

Next, the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 is updated by subtracting 1 from the value of the second start hold storage number RbN of the hold area Rb for the second result display unit.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the second area Rb1 of the hold area Rb for the second result display unit to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the hold area Rb for the second result display unit. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the reserved information stored in each area Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the hold information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third area Rb2. Shift to area Rb3.

In step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display unit flag in the RAM 64. In this step S610, since the MPU 62 sets the second result display unit flag, the second result display unit 45b is variablely displayed based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 when the game round is digested. Is shown to start.

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that the shift of the reserved information has been executed, transmits the set shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command is a voice emission control device that shifts the hold information for the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display unit based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37. It contains information for 90 to recognize.
The voice emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second hold lamp unit 54 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the voice emission control device 90 reduces the number of lights of the second holding lamp unit 54 as the number of holdings of the game balls winning in the lower operating port 37 decreases.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the variation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the winning / failing lottery mode is not the high probability mode, in step S702, the winning / failing table for the low probability mode (see FIG. 6A) is displayed from the winning / failing table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. When it is read out and it is determined in step S701 that the winning / failing lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S703, the winning / failing table for the high probability mode (see FIG. 6B) is stored from the winning / failing table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. read out.

After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes the pass / fail determination process in step S704. In this hit / fail determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the win / fail table read in step S702 or step S703, thereby resulting in a win / fail lottery (win / fail result). To judge. As described above, the winning / failing result is one of "big hit winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result", and even if the winning / failing lottery mode is the low probability mode, it is a high probability mode. But the same is true.

In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing result determined in step S704 is a “big hit winning”. If the MPU 62 determines in step S705 that the winning / failing result is "big hit winning", the process after step S706 is executed, and if it is determined in step S705 that the winning / failing result is not "big hit winning", the MPU 62 executes the process. , The processing after step S712 is executed.

First, in step S705, a process (processing after step S706) when the winning / failing result is determined to be "big hit winning" by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S706 that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 starts variable display on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36. In step S707, the first distribution table (see FIG. 7A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S706 that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 In step S708, the second distribution table (see FIG. 7B) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63.

After executing the process of step S707 or step S708, the MPU 62 executes the distribution determination process in step S709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S707 or step S708 to obtain the result of the distribution lottery ( Sorting result) is judged.

In step S710, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In the stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines in step S709 the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45. It is determined according to the distribution result, and the determined information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 has a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 by comparing the distribution result determined in step S709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63. Determine relevant information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the mode of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 differently for each distribution result.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specified that the distribution result was a "low probability result", it set a low probability result flag and specified that it was an "unspecified small round high probability result". In that case, the unspecified small round high probability result flag is set, and when it is specified that it is the "explicit small round high probability result", the explicit small round high probability result flag is set and the "most advantageous result" is set. If it is specified that is, the most advantageous result flag is set. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S716.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, in step S705, a process (processing after step S712) when the winning / failing result is determined not to be "big hit winning" by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result determined in step S704 is a “special miss result”.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the pass / fail result is a "special miss result", the process after step S713 is executed, and when it is determined in step S712 that the pass / fail result is not a "special miss result". Is to execute the processing after step S715.

In step S713, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the special deviation result. In the stop result setting process for the special deviation result, the MPU 62 determines the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and determines the information. The generated information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 determines the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 by referring to the stop result table for the special deviation result stored in advance in the ROM 63. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the special deviation result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the jackpot result.
In step S714, the MPU 62 sets the special off flag in the RAM 64.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result is a "special miss result" by referring to the special miss flag.

On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 normally executes the stop result setting process for the off-result. In this stop result setting process for the normal deviation result, the MPU 62 determines the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is made. The generated information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 determines the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 by referring to the stop result table for the normal deviation result stored in advance in the ROM 63. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the normal deviation result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the jackpot result and the stop result table for the special deviation result.

After executing any of the processes of step S711, step S714, and step S715, the MPU 62 executes the display continuation time (display continuation period) setting process in step S716.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

Further, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the reach display occurs on the symbol display device 51. Specifically, in the MPU 62, when the distribution result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result", and the pass / fail result determined in step S704 is a "normal deviation result". At the same time, if the reach generation lottery is won, it is determined that the reach display will occur. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Execute a reach generation lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the variation type counter acquired from the variation type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
Here, the display duration is the main body duration corresponding to the duration of the main body of the reach display, and the player, for example, making the image into slow motion or making the image stationary just before the end of the main body of the reach display. By repeatedly hitting the push buttons, the production on the verge (edge production) is executed, and the total is the duration of the production to increase the expectation of the player. The main body of the reach display and the special effect will be described in detail later.

FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a reach generation display duration table in which the display duration is stored.
As shown in FIG. 15, the display duration table for reach generation has a main body duration corresponding to super reach (long-term reach production group) and a main body continuation corresponding to normal reach (short-term reach production group) having a shorter time than this. Have time. Specifically, in the reach generation display duration table, among the values "0 to 198" of the variation type counter CS, "0 to 29" is set as the main body duration of 120 sec corresponding to the super reach, and "30 to 198". Is set as the main body duration of 60 sec corresponding to the normal reach. In other words, the reach generation display duration table is set so that the main body duration differs according to the value of the variation type counter CS.

In the reach generation display duration table, the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the main body duration of super reach is smaller than the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the main body duration of normal reach. However, on the contrary, the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the main body duration of super reach is larger than the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the main body duration of normal reach. May be set to increase.

Further, the reach generation display duration table has a two-time effect duration corresponding to the main body duration of the super reach and a one-time effect duration corresponding to the main body duration of the normal reach.
When the MPU 62 determines the main body duration corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS acquired from the variation type counter buffer to 120 sec (super reach) by referring to the reach generation display duration table (variation type counter). (When the value of CS is "0 to 29"), the production duration is determined by lottery in either of the two production durations.

Specifically, when the distribution result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result", the MPU 62 determines the special effect duration to be a long-term effect duration of 10 sec. In addition to increasing the probability, the probability of determining the duration of the production during the short period of 5 sec is reduced, and the result of success or failure determined in step S704 is the "normal deviation result" and the reach generation lottery was won. In this case, the probability that the special effect duration is determined to be the long-term effect duration of 10 sec is lowered, and the probability that the special effect duration is determined to be the short-term effect duration of 5 sec is increased. Then, the MPU 62 determines the production duration at any of the two production durations (long-term production duration and short-term production duration) by drawing lots based on this probability.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the display duration setting process of step S716 determines the duration of the effect when the reach display is executed and then the variable display of the plurality of symbols is finally stopped and displayed. When setting, it functions as an effect duration setting unit.
Further, in the present embodiment, the display duration setting process in step S716 is a case where the game state is shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed ( When the distribution result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result"), the duration of the special effect is set to be long, and the specific control state is advantageous for the player. When the game state is not changed (when the winning / failing result determined in step S704 is a "normal deviation result" and the reach generation lottery is won), the duration of the special effect is set to be shortened. ..

In this embodiment, the production duration setting unit determines the production duration of any of the two production durations (long-term production duration and short-term production duration) by lottery. However, the production duration may be determined by lottery at any of the three or more production durations. Further, in the present embodiment, the production continuation time setting unit determines the production continuation time in any of the two production durations by lottery, but it does not have to be determined by lottery. For example, when the game state is changed to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the time effect duration setting unit sets the long-term effect duration setting unit. If it is set and the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, it may be set to the short-term production duration. Further, for example, the special effect continuation time setting unit may randomly determine the special effect continuation time. In short, when the game state is transferred to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the time effect duration setting unit sets the duration of the time effect. If the game state is set to be long and the game state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the duration of the effect may be set to be short.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the time production duration setting unit finally stops and displays the variation display of a plurality of patterns and then shifts the game state to a specific control state which is advantageous for the player, the time is set. The duration of the effect is set to be long, and the duration of the effect is set to be short when the game state is not transferred to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. On the other hand, the special effect duration setting unit may or may not shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after finally stopping and displaying the variation display of a plurality of patterns. The production duration may be set based on other judgment factors. For example, when the expected effect (reach display and notice display) that increases the expectation of the player is generated, the special effect duration setting unit is set to lengthen the duration of the special effect, and the game is played. When an expected effect (reach display and notice display) that reduces a person's expectation is generated, the duration of the special effect may be set to be short.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines the main body duration corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS acquired from the variation type counter buffer to 60 sec (normal reach) by referring to the reach generation display duration table. (When the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is "30 to 198"), the duration of the effect is determined to be 0 sec. In other words, the MPU 62 does not generate an extraordinary effect when the duration of the main body is determined to be 60 sec.
In the present embodiment, the MPU 62 does not generate the extraordinary effect when the main body duration is determined to be 60 sec, but the extraordinary effect may be generated.

Then, as described above, in step S716, the MPU 62 calculates the total time of the main body duration corresponding to the duration of the main body of the reach display and the special effect duration, and the total time is used as the display duration of the RAM 64. It is set in the display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the above.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the variation acquired from the variation type counter buffer by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the display duration table for non-reach generation is set so that the display duration becomes shorter as the number of pending items increases. Therefore, the display duration when digesting the hold information related to the upper operating port 36 is set so as to become shorter as the number of holdings related to the upper operating port 36 increases. The display duration when digesting the hold information related to the lower operating port 37 is set so as to become shorter as the number of holdings related to the lower working port 37 increases. Further, the display duration table for non-reach generation is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high frequency support mode as compared with the case where the support mode is the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the number of holdings is the same, the display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Further, the display duration determined by reference to the reach display duration table is different from the display duration determined by reference to the reach non-reach display duration table.

The display duration table for non-reach may be set to the opposite relationship to the above-mentioned relationship, such as the display duration becomes longer as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and the support mode. It may be configured so as not to fluctuate. In addition, a display duration table may be set individually for each of the hit / fail result and the distribution result.

In step S717, the MPU 62 sets a variable command and a type command. The MPU 62 transmits the variation command and the type command set in step S717 in step S301 of the normal process to the voice emission control device 90.
The voice emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

The variable command contains information related to the display duration. Specifically, the variable command includes information related to the main body duration corresponding to the main body of the reach display and information related to the special effect duration. In addition, the variable command does not include information on whether or not reach display occurs.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-reach display duration table are mutually exclusive. It's different.
Therefore, even if the information on whether or not the reach display occurs is not included in the variable command, the reach display is displayed by the voice emission control device 90, which is the control device on the sub side, based on the information related to the display duration. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the variable command indirectly includes information on whether or not a reach display occurs. The variable command may directly include information on whether or not reach display occurs.

The type command contains information related to the result of success or failure. In other words, the type command includes each information related to the "big hit winning", the "special loss result", and the "normal loss result" as the information related to the win / fail result. In addition, the type command includes information related to the distribution result. In other words, the type command is related to "low probability result", "unspecified small round high probability result", "explicit small round high probability result", and "most advantageous result" as information related to the distribution result. Contains information.
In the following description, the result of success or failure and the result of distribution are collectively referred to as a game result. In other words, the type command contains information related to the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display unit 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. After that, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start processing.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first is based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36 at the time of digesting the game times. Since it indicates that the result display unit 45a starts the variable display, the first result display unit 45a is made to start the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 is second based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 at the time of digesting the game times. Since it indicates that the result display unit 45b is to start the variable display, the second result display unit 45b is made to start the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progress process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG. 12.
The MPU 62 determines in step S502 whether or not the main display unit 45 is in the variable display, and if it is determined that the main display unit 45 is in the variable display, the MPU 62 is for advancing the game times in steps S506 to S509. Execute the process.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display duration set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display duration counter of the RAM 64 is "0" or less. The value of this display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display duration has not elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the variable display process in step S507. In this variation display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variation display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game times control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display duration has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the variation end process in step S508. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 stores information (main) in the RAM 64 in any of the processes of step S710, step S713, and step S715 of the variation start process executed when the main display unit 45 starts the variation display. Information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45) is specified. Then, at the end of the game round, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the main display unit 45 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the main display unit 45 during the variable display.

Here, the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 differs depending on the type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game field or the like can confirm the game result by visually observing the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, for example, the manager of the amusement park can easily confirm whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is performing a fraudulent act similar to the case where the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit is won. Can be done.
Further, the main display unit 45 has a narrower display area than the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the symbol to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 is a symbol row to be stopped and displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game round, the player determines whether or not the jackpot has been won by checking the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 instead of the main display unit 45. It is possible to increase the degree of attention to the screen G.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a variable end command. The MPU 62 transmits the variation end command set in step S509 to the voice emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal process. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game times control process.
The voice emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the effect of the game round based on the variable end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the voice emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring the reception of the variable end command.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the process of setting the display duration in step S716 described above, after the symbol display device 51 (display device) is started to display the variation of the plurality of symbols, the variation display of the plurality of symbols is finally displayed. Functions as a display duration setting unit that sets the display duration until the display is stopped.
Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, the display duration setting process of step S716 is the main body duration corresponding to the main body of the reach display and the effect continuous time corresponding to the continuous time of the special effect. The total time with and is set as the display duration.

<Game state transition process>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game state transition process.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S814 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is in the open / close execution mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the open / close execution mode is not in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S802.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S811.

First, in step S801, a process (processes after step S802) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the open / close execution mode is not in progress will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variation display of the main display unit 45 has been completed. When the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variation display of the main display unit 45 has not been completed, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the variation display of the main display unit 45 is completed, whether or not the result of the result corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode in step S803. Is determined. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing result is a "big hit winning" or a "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the result of success or failure corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag in the RAM 64 and then executes the processes after step S804.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the hit / fail result does not correspond to the transition to the open / close execution mode (when it is determined that the hit / fail result is a "normal off result"), the game End the state transition process.

In step S804, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result is a “special miss result”.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the result of success or failure is a "special deviation result", the MPU 62 sets "2" in the open / close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S805. This open / close counter SOC is a counter for specifying the total number of times the large winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 is opened / closed by the MPU 62 when shifting to the open / close execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S804 that the winning / failing result is not a "special missed result", that is, when the winning / failing result is determined to be a "big hit winning", the distribution result is determined in step S806. Is a small round high accuracy result (“unspecified small round high accuracy result” or “explicit small round high accuracy result”).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the distribution result is a small round high accuracy result, "2" is set in the round counter RC provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S807. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the distribution result is not a small round high accuracy result, that is, when the distribution result is determined to be a "low accuracy result" or a "most advantageous result", the step. In S808, "15" is set in the round counter RC. This round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the open / close execution mode.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of open / close execution modes in which the end conditions are different from each other. Specifically, as the opening / closing execution mode, the pachinko machine 10 has a round number regulation mode that shifts when the winning / failing result is "big hit winning" and an opening / closing number that shifts when the winning / failing result is "special loss result". It has a specified mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The opening / closing number regulation mode ends on condition that the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a of the total number of predetermined times is executed, or the predetermined number of game balls wins the large winning opening 38a. Here, the total number of times of opening and closing of the large winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening / closing counter SOC. This open / close number regulation mode does not end on the condition that the number of round games is executed.

The pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the large winning opening 38a once for each round game. Further, one round game is continued until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state, and then sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying any one of the following two conditions.
(1) The predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) has elapsed. (2) The total number of winning balls to the large winning opening 38a reaches the predetermined upper limit.

After executing any of the processes of step S805, step S807, and step S808, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time (waiting period) for opening to the timer counter T provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S809. Set "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the opening is 2 sec. The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the hit / fail result corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the timer counter T is set to the waiting time for opening regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for the opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this, and may be slightly different depending on the type of the game result to the extent that the player recognizes the same. Further, for example, the waiting time for the opening is significantly different between the case where the game result is "low probability result" or "most advantageous result" and the case where the game result is other than these. It may be configured to be greatly different depending on the type of.

In step S810, the MPU 62 sets the opening command. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode. The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S810 to the voice emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal process.
The voice emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the open / close execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, in step S801, a process (processes after step S811) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the open / close execution mode is in progress will be described.
In step S811, the MPU 62 executes the large winning opening opening / closing process.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the large winning opening opening / closing process.
In the large winning opening opening / closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S924 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the large winning opening 38a is open.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the large winning opening 38a is not open, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S902.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the large winning opening 38a is open, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S906.

First, in step S901, a process (processing after step S902) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the large winning opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that both the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are “0” or less, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the timer counter T of the timer counter T is determined in step S903. It is determined whether or not the value is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the large winning opening opening process in step S904.
Hereinafter, the process of opening the large winning opening in step S904 will be described in detail.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the large winning opening opening process.
In the large winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1007 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result is a “special miss result”.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the result of success or failure is a "special deviation result", the MPU 62 sets "8" in the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S1002, and steps. In S1003, "85" is set in the timer counter T. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the result of winning or failing is not a "special deviation result", the MPU 62 sets "8" in the winning counter PC in step S1004, and in step S1005, the distribution result. Is a small round high accuracy result (“unspecified small round high accuracy result” or “explicit small round high accuracy result”).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the distribution result is a small round high accuracy result, the timer counter T is set to "85" in step S1003 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the distribution result is not a small round high accuracy result, the timer counter T is set to "15000" in step S1006. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 sec.

After executing the process of step S1003 or step S1006, the MPU 62 executes the opening execution process of the large winning opening 38a in step S1007. In this open execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c. After that, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1002 or step S1004 defines the upper limit of the total number of winning balls to the large winning opening 38a.
Further, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1003 or step S1006 defines the upper limit duration from setting the open / close door 38b to the open state to setting it to the closed state again. Therefore, as described above, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit durations having different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000". Specifically, the MPU 62 has a long-term mode in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec (long-term mode) and a short-time mode in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long-term mode (short-term mode). Aspect) and is set.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the gaming ball launching mechanism 81 to launch the gaming ball by exciting the solenoid of the gaming ball launching mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total number of winning balls to the large winning opening 38a to 8 by setting "8" in the winning counter PC.
Therefore, the upper limit duration of the long-time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total number of game balls to be won in the large winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, and therefore the upper limit of eight game balls. It is easy to make a prize in the large winning opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning balls to the large winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls (more specifically, the firing of the game balls). Since it is shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to make the game ball win the big winning opening 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to have about one game ball win in the large winning opening 38a.

Returning to the description of the large winning opening opening / closing process, the process after step S905 will be described with reference to FIG.
The MPU 62 sets the release command in step S905 after executing the large winning opening opening process in step S904. Further, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S905 in step S301 of the normal process to the voice emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.
The voice emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the open state based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, in step S901, a process (processing after step S906) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the large winning opening 38a is open will be described.
In step S906, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit duration set in the timer counter T has elapsed in step S1003 or step S1006 of the large winning opening opening process.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S907.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S918.

First, in step S906, processing when the value of the timer counter T is determined by the MPU 62 to be not "0" or less (processing after step S907) will be described.
In step S907, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize has been generated in the large winning opening 38a. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not a prize has been generated in the large winning opening 38a is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the large winning opening 38a.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that the winning opening 38a has not been won, the MPU 62 ends the opening / closing process of the winning opening.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S907 that a prize has been generated in the large winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 updates by subtracting 1 from the value of the winning counter PC in step S908.

In step S909, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the winning counter PC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S909 that the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the closing execution process in step S910. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the opening / closing door 38b in the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c.

In step S911, the MPU 62 sets the closure command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S911 to the voice emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal process.
The voice emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening / closing door 38b is set to the closed state based on the closing command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S912, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result is a “special miss result”.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the result of success or failure is a "special deviation result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S923, which will be described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the hit / fail result is not a "special miss result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S913.
In step S913, the MPU 62 is updated by subtracting 1 from the value of the round counter RC.

In step S914, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 sets the value of the timer counter T to "500" in step S915. After that, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.

Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S915 is an open standby until the open / close door 38b is set to the open state, then the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state again, and then the open / close door 38b is set to the open state again. It defines the time. In this embodiment, the opening standby time is 1 sec. This opening standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the opening / closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S914 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S916.
In step S916, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as the waiting time (waiting period) for the ending. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 sec. The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for the ending is the same as the waiting time for the opening regardless of the type of the game result. That is, the waiting time for this ending is the same regardless of the type of open / close execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this, and may be slightly different depending on the type of the game result to the extent that the player recognizes the same. Further, for example, the waiting time for the ending is significantly different between the case where the game result is "low probability result" or "most advantageous result" and the case where the game result is other than these. It may be configured to be greatly different depending on the type of.

In step S917, the MPU 62 sets the ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S917 to the voice emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal process. After that, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening / closing process.
The voice emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the open / close execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, in step S906, processing when the value of the timer counter T is determined by the MPU 62 to be "0" or less (processing after step S918) will be described.
In step S918, the MPU 62 executes the closing execution process in the same manner as in step S910 described above.
In step S919, the MPU 62 sets the close command in the same manner as in step S911 described above.

In step S920, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the hit / fail result is a “special miss result”.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the winning / failing result is not a "special missed result", that is, when it is determined that the winning / failing result is a "big hit winning", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S921.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S920 that the result of success or failure is a "special deviation result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S923.

First, in step S920, a process (process after step S921) when the pass / fail result is determined not to be a "special deviation result" by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S921, the MPU 62 is updated by subtracting 1 from the value of the round counter RC.

In step S922, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the process after step S915 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S922 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the above-mentioned processing after S916.

Next, in step S912 or step S920, a process (processing after step S923) when the pass / fail result is determined by the MPU 62 to be a "special deviation result" will be described.
In step S923, the MPU 62 is updated by subtracting 1 from the value of the open / close counter SOC.

In step S924, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the open / close counter SOC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the process after step S915 described above.
Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S924 that the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the above-mentioned processing after S916.

Returning to the description of the game state transition process, the processes after step S812 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the large winning opening opening / closing process in step S811, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the opening / closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less in step S812. judge.

When it is determined in step S812 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S812 that both the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are "0" or less, the value of the timer counter T becomes "0" or less in step S813. It is determined whether or not it is 0 "or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S813 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S813 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, after clearing the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S814, the MPU 62 clears the open / close execution mode flag. Executes the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
Hereinafter, the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described in detail.

FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.
In the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1112 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether the distribution result is a "most advantageous result" or an "explicit small round high probability result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the distribution result is the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1102.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the distribution result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1105.

First, in step S1101, the process when the distribution result is determined by the MPU 62 to be the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" (process after step S1102) will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 sets the high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

In step S1103, the MPU 62 clears the number-of-times limit flag stored in the RAM 64.
Here, the high-frequency support mode continues until the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number-of-times limit flag is not set, at least until a "big hit win" is obtained in the win / fail lottery.

In step S1104, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high probability mode flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the winning / failing lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high-probability mode continues until at least a "big hit win" in the win / loss lottery. After that, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

At the end of the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets a flag (low probability result flag, unspecified small round high probability result flag, explicit small round height) set in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result. Clear the probability result flag and the most advantageous result flag) and the special off flag. Further, in step S701 of the fluctuation start process described above, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing lottery mode is the high probability mode by determining whether or not the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64. There is.

Next, in step S1101, a process (processes after step S1105) when the distribution result is determined by the MPU 62 to be not the “most advantageous result” or the “explicit small round high accuracy result” will be described.
In step S1105, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is an “unspecified small round high probability result”.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the distribution result is an "unspecified small round high probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1106.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1105 that the distribution result is not the "unspecified small round high probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S1108.

First, in step S1105, a process (process after step S1106) when the distribution result is determined by the MPU 62 to be an “unspecified small round high accuracy result” will be described.
In step S1106, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1103 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the high frequency support flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64 in step S1107. The MPU 62 maintains the high probability mode flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the winning / failing lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high-probability mode continues until at least a "big win" is achieved in the winning or losing lottery. After that, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

Next, in step S1105, a process (processes after step S1108) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the distribution result is not the “unspecified small round high accuracy result” will be described.
In step S1108, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is a “low probability result”.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1108 that the distribution result is not a "low probability result" (when it is determined that the hit / fail result is a "special deviation result"), the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode. do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1108 that the distribution result is a "low probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1109.

In step S1109, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the winning / failing lottery mode to the low probability mode. This low-probability mode continues until at least the winning / losing lottery becomes a "big hit winning" and the distribution result is other than the "low probability result".

In step S1110, the MPU 62 sets the high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1111, the MPU 62 sets "100" to the value of the game count counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In step S1112, the MPU 62 sets the number-of-times limit flag to the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the number-of-times limit flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64. After that, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

Here, in the high-frequency support mode, when the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number-of-times limit flag is set, 100 games, which is the end reference number set in the game count counter, are played. Continue until the times are digested. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag and the number-of-times limit flag when 100 game rounds have been completed. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 executes these processes as the electric service support process in step S306 of the normal process, but detailed description thereof will be omitted.

In this way, if the winning / fail lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution result becomes the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, the game state is the current state. After the end of the open / close execution mode (that is, the round number specified mode) regardless of the game state, the mode shifts to the high probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode continue until at least a "big win" is obtained in the winning / losing lottery.

In addition, when the current support mode is the high frequency support mode, if the winning / fail lottery becomes a "big hit win" and the distribution result becomes an "unspecified small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, After the opening / closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends, the game state shifts to the high probability mode and also shifts to the high frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode continue until at least a "big win" is obtained in the winning / losing lottery.

On the other hand, when the current support mode is the low frequency support mode, the winning / fail lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution result becomes an "unspecified small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery. In the game state, after the end of the open / close execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode), the game state shifts to the high probability mode and also shifts to the low frequency support mode. The high-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode continue until at least a "big win" is obtained in the winning / losing lottery.

In addition, when the winning / fail lottery results in a "big win" and the distribution result becomes a "low probability result" in the distribution lottery, the game state is the open / close execution mode (that is, regardless of the current game state). After the end of the round number regulation mode), the mode shifts to the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode. The low-probability mode continues until at least a "big hit" is won in the winning / losing lottery, and the high-frequency support mode is low when 100 game times are completed without becoming a "big hit winning" in the winning / losing lottery. Move to frequency support mode.

In addition, if the winning / failing lottery does not result in a "big hit winning", that is, if the winning / failing result becomes a "special loss result" or a "normal loss result" in the win / loss lottery, the gaming state does not shift.

<Electrical configuration of voice emission control device 90 and display control device 100>
FIG. 20 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a voice emission control device and a display control device.
As shown in FIG. 20, the voice emission control device 90 includes a voice emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the voice emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like are combined into chips in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply for holding the stored information. The ROM 93 has various areas such as a notice table storage area 93a, a notice data storage area 93b, and a reach data storage area 93c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing a control program stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply for holding the stored information. Is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as various counter areas 94a, various flag storage areas 94b, and command list storage areas 94c. These areas will be described in detail later.

The MPU 92 includes an input port and an output port. As described above, the input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to various lamp units 23, 53 to 55, a speaker unit 24, and a display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of various lamp units 23, 53 to 55 and a speaker unit 24 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 60.
Further, the MPU 92 transmits the command as a result of analyzing these commands to the display control device 100. The voice emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) provided with connectors at both ends of the signal line.

The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 constituting the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like are combined into chips in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104. The MPU 102, VDP 105, character ROM 106, and video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the voice emission control device 90, and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on this command to execute control of the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 executes control of the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply for holding the stored information. This program ROM 103 has various areas such as a notice data storage area 103a. These areas will be described in detail later.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing a control program stored in the program ROM 103, and is volatile and requires an external power supply for holding the stored information. It is a means of memory. The work RAM 104 has various areas such as various counter areas 104a and various flag storage areas 104b. These areas will be described in detail later.

The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver built in the symbol display device 51. Since the VDP 105 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance can be said to be a microcomputer chip having a built-in firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102, and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as a symbol displayed on the symbol display device 51. The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various symbols, a color palette table to be referred to when determining an expression color at each dot of the bitmap image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the display content of the symbol display device 51 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

<Timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device 90>
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90 executes a timer interrupt process for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec) executes steps S1201 to S1206, as shown in FIG.

In step S1201, the MPU 92 executes the command storage process. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer in the order received from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1202, the MPU 92 executes the effect determination process based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines the effect for the game round, the effect for the open / close execution mode, and the like.
In step S1203, the MPU 92 executes the demo display execution process based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the demo display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demo display when a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 3 sec) for starting the demo has elapsed without starting a new game round after the end of the game round. ..

In step S1204, the MPU 92 executes a light emission control process for controlling light emission of various lamp units 23, 53 to 55 based on the contents of the effect determination process of step S1202 and the demo display execution process of step S1203.
In step S1205, the MPU 92 executes a voice control process for controlling the voice of the speaker unit 24 based on the contents of the effect determination process of step S1202 and the demo display execution process of step S1203.

In step S1206, a command transmission process for transmitting the command set in the effect determination process of step S1202 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and displays various commands to the display control device 100. When it is determined that the timing of transmission to is reached, the command is transmitted to the display control device 100. The contents of the command list will be described in detail later.
After that, the MPU 92 ends the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding the effect determination process executed by the voice emission control device 90>
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute the effect for the game round, the effect for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1301 to S1313 as shown in FIG. 22.

In step S1301, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1301 that each command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1309.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that each command has been received in step S1301, the game result is "most advantageous result" or "low probability" based on the content of the type command in step S1302. It is determined whether or not it is a "result".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1302 that the game result is the "most advantageous result" or the "low probability result", the MPU 92 executes the symbol determination process corresponding to the type of the game result in step S1303. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the same odd number or the same even number is used as the stop result to finally display the stop on the effective line L. When the information related to the combination of symbols having numbers is determined and it is determined that the game result is a "low probability result", the same even number is displayed as the stop result finally displayed on the effective line L. Determine the information related to the combination of symbols to have. The odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1302 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "low probability result", the game result is "" in step S1304 based on the content of the type command. It is determined whether or not the result is "normally out of order".
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1304 that the game result is not a "normal deviation result", that is, the game result is a "special deviation result", an "unspecified small round high probability result", and an "explicit small round high probability result". In the case of any of the above, in step S1305, a common symbol determination process is executed. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information related to a special symbol combination as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Specifically, the MPU 92 is not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a combination of special symbols having different numbers that are not selected in the case of a "normally out-of-order result" in the winning / failing lottery (for example). "3.4.1") is decided. The combination of these special symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1304 that the game result is a "normal deviation result", the MPU 92 executes a symbol determination process for normal deviation in step S1306. In this symbol determination process for normal deviation, the MPU 92 determines whether or not reach display occurs based on the content of the variable command.

When the MPU 92 determines that the reach display is generated, the MPU 92 determines the information related to the combination of the symbols of the reach display as the stop display finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L. In addition, the combination of the symbols of the reach display is randomly determined by lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 92 displays information related to a combination of symbols different from the above-mentioned combination of symbols as a stop result of finally displaying the stop on the effective line L. decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols having the same number, a combination of special symbols, and a combination of symbols different from the combination of the symbols of the reach display by lottery or the like.

After executing any of the processes of step S1303, step S1305, and step S1306, the MPU 92 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1307. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects the effect duration (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. In step S1307, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate a notice display. The process of determining the effect pattern will be described in detail later.

Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the indicator lamp unit 23 in the light emission control process of the above-mentioned step S1204 based on the selected effect pattern, and the voice of the speaker unit 24 in the sound control process of the above-mentioned step S1205. Take control.

In step S1308, the MPU 92 sets a fluctuation start command and a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in any of the processes of step S1303, step S1305, and step S1306. Then, the MPU 92 stores the fluctuation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. These fluctuation start commands and stop result commands are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1206 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 creates a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the display of the start and stop results of the variation display on the symbol display device 51 based on the variation start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92. read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time the predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the effective line L after starting the variable display.

After executing the process of step S1308, or when it is determined in step S1301 that the variable command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1309 and subsequent steps.
In step S1309, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the opening command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1309 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1313.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the opening command has been received in step S1309, the MPU 92 determines the type of the game result in step S1310 based on the content of the opening command.

In step S1311, the MPU 92 executes the effect determination process for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type of the game result determined in step S1310. In the process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1310 that the game result is a "special deviation result" or a "unspecified small round high accuracy result", the MPU 92 is used for the open / close execution mode. Select production A as the production. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is an "explicit small round high probability result", the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the open / close execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 selects the effect C or the effect D as the effect for the open / close execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "low probability result", the MPU 92 selects the effect D as the effect for the open / close execution mode.
The duration of the effect A and the effect B corresponds to the time when the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode in the opening / closing execution mode. Further, the duration of the effect C and the effect D corresponds to the time when the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed 15 times in the long-time mode in the opening / closing execution mode.

Further, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the indicator lamp unit 23 in the light emission control process of the above-mentioned step S1204 based on the selection results of the effect A to the effect D, and the speaker in the voice control process of the above-mentioned step S1205. The voice control of the unit 24 is executed.

In step S1312, the MPU 92 sets a command for opening / closing execution mode including information related to the effect for opening / closing execution mode selected in step S1311. This open / close execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1206 described above.
The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the effect for the open / close execution mode on the symbol display device 51 based on the open / close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time the predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the open / close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90.

After executing the process of step S1312, or when it is determined in step S1309 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1313 and subsequent steps.
In step S1313, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes a process for advancing the effect for the open / close execution mode based on, for example, the open command, the close command, and the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62. After that, the MPU 92 ends the effect determination process.

<Relationship between game results and game status>
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result and the game state based on the execution of various processes will be described.
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like. Specifically, FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game result excluding the “normal deviation result” and the game state, and the game results are arranged in the column direction and the game state and the like are arranged in the row direction.
As shown in FIG. 23, the pachinko machine 10 has, as game results excluding the “normal loss result”, the success / failure result of the “big hit winning” and the “special loss result”, and the “unspecified small round high probability result” and “explicit”. It has "small round high probability result", "most advantageous result", and "low probability result" distribution result.

Here, as shown in the second column of the table in FIG. 23, the "special loss result" is a game result selected when the "big hit winning" is not obtained in the winning / losing lottery (symbol x in the figure). In addition, the distribution result is a game result selected when a "big hit win" is obtained in the winning / losing lottery (symbol ○ in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result excluding the “normal deviation result” and the game state and the like will be described. In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state as follows, but the combination of the game result and the game state, the content of the game result, and the game state, etc. The contents such as the game state are arbitrary.

In the "special off result", the open / close execution mode shifts to the open / close number specified mode instead of the round number specified mode, and the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. In addition, the winning / failing lottery mode does not shift in the "special loss result".
In the "unspecified small round high probability result", the opening / closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed up to 2 times, and the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. Will be done. In addition, in the "unspecified small round high probability result", the winning / failing lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
As described above, the "special off result" and the "unspecified small round high accuracy result" are different in the type of opening / closing execution mode, but are common in that the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. are doing.

Further, in the "special deviation result" and the "unspecified small round high accuracy result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect A. In addition, the support mode does not shift for "special off result" and "unspecified small round high accuracy result". Further, in the game round after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the symbol display device 51 does not display an image clearly indicating that the mode is in the high probability mode on the display screen G.

Therefore, the player cannot grasp whether the game result is a "special off result" or an "unspecified small round high accuracy result" by checking the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode. Can not. In other words, even if the distribution lottery results in an "unspecified small round high probability result" and the mode shifts to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 51 will draw a winning / failing lottery in the game round after the opening / closing execution mode ends. The mode is disguised as if it has not changed.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction of whether or not the winning / losing lottery mode has shifted to the high probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high accuracy result", the opening / closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed up to two times, and the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. To. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the winning / failing lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Further, in the "explicit small round high accuracy result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect B. In addition, in the "explicit small round high accuracy result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode. Further, in the game round after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the symbol display device 51 displays an image clearly indicating that the mode is in the high probability mode on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can grasp that the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result" and "low probability result", the opening / closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed up to 15 times, and the opening / closing of the large winning opening 38a is 15 in a long time mode. It is executed once.
Here, in the "most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number or the same even number, and the winning / failing lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode for the open / close execution mode. The production of is production C or production D. Specifically, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, the effect for the open / close execution mode is effect C, and the effect for the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number. In the case of, the effect for the open / close execution mode is effect D.
Further, in the "low probability result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, the winning / fail lottery mode shifts to the low probability mode, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect D. Become. Further, in the "best result" and "low probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

Therefore, the player decides that the game result is the "most advantageous result" when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect C. Can be grasped. However, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, the player confirms the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode, so that the game result is the "most advantageous result". And it is not possible to know whether it is a "low probability result".

Then, in the game round after the opening / closing execution mode ends, if the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is finally the effect D, the symbol display device 51 displays an image clearly indicating that the mode is in the high probability mode on the display screen G. do not.

Specifically, the symbol display device 51 does not display an image clearly indicating that the mode is the high probability mode on the display screen G, and in the high frequency support mode, the game rounds end the reference number of times (specifically, 100). When the number of times is reached, an image notifying the transition to the low frequency support mode is displayed on the display screen G. In other words, even if the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 51 finally produces the effect for the open / close execution mode in the game round after the end of the open / close execution mode. If so, disguise as if the game result was a "low probability result".

Then, when the distribution result is the "most advantageous result", the symbol display device 51 is in the high probability mode after digesting 100 game times without becoming a "big hit winning" in the winning / losing lottery. An image clearly indicating that is displayed on the display screen G. In other words, the symbol display device 51 releases the disguise that was applied as if the game result was a "low probability result".

<Determining the production pattern>
FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect pattern determination process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1307 of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1401 to S1409 as shown in FIG. 24. Specifically, the MPU 92 sets a lottery for whether or not to generate a flame notice display and a type of the flame notice display. Further, when the super reach is generated, the MPU 92 sets the content and result of the super reach, the type of the cut-in notice display, and the special effect duration.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a reach display and a timing for generating a notice display.
As shown in FIG. 25, the reach display occurs at a predetermined timing from the start to the end of the game round, and occurs after the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 elapses after the symbol variation display is started by the symbol display device 51. It has a normal reach and a super reach that occurs after the normal reach period PD2 elapses after the occurrence of this normal reach, ends after the elapse of the super reach period PD3, and stops the variable display of the symbol. The super reach period PD3 has a main body effect time PD31 for executing the main body of the super reach effect, and an effect duration PD32 for executing the effect immediately before stopping the variable display of the symbol.

The fluctuation display of the symbol may be stopped after the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 has elapsed. In this case, normal reach and super reach do not occur. In addition, the variable display of the symbol may be stopped after the normal reach period PD2 has elapsed. In this case, super reach does not occur.

Here, the total time of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and the normal reach period PD2 corresponds to the main body duration corresponding to the normal reach, and is 60 sec. Further, the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and the normal reach period PD2 are both 30 sec.
Further, the total time of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the normal reach period PD2, and the super reach period PD3 is the main body duration corresponding to the super reach (120 sec) and the special production duration PD32 (long-term long-term production duration of 10 sec). It corresponds to the total time with the short-term effect duration of 5 sec), which is 125 sec or 130 sec. That is, the total time of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the normal reach period PD2, and the main body production time PD31 corresponds to the main body duration corresponding to the super reach, and is 120 sec. Further, the super reach period PD3 is 65 sec or 70 sec, and the main body production time PD 31 is 60 sec.

The notice display occurs at various timings from the start to the end of the game. In the present embodiment, the notice display is cut-in at the timing TM1 (when the normal reach occurs) of the normal reach period PD2, the flame notice display that causes the flame to appear, and the timing TM2 (when the special effect is executed) of the super reach period PD3. It has a cut-in notice display and other notice displays.
In this embodiment, only the flame notice display and the cut-in notice display described above will be described, and other notice displays (notice displays that occur at various timings from the start to the end of the game round including the high-speed fluctuation period PD1). The description of is omitted.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device during the high-speed fluctuation period and the normal reach period. Specifically, FIG. 26A is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, and FIG. 26B is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the normal reach period PD2. It is a figure which shows.
As shown in FIG. 26 (A), the MPU 102 starts a variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 3) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, whereby a high-speed fluctuation period is started. Move to PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 causes some symbol rows (symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) to be stopped and displayed on the effective line L (see FIG. 3) as shown in FIG. 26 (B). By displaying the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) to suggest a stop result, and displaying the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) in a variable manner in that state, normal reach is generated. Shift to PD2 during the normal reach period.

FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device during the super reach period. Specifically, FIG. 27 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the main body effect time PD31, and FIG. 27 (B) is a diagram showing the symbol display device 51 in the special effect duration PD 32. It is a figure which shows the screen G.
After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 reduces the size of each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G as shown in FIG. 27 (A). As a result, the super reach period PD3 shifts to the main body production time PD31. In the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 is arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 with the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 reduced to display, and exists below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Drop a large rock from above against an angel.
As shown in FIG. 27 (B), the MPU 102 shifts to the special effect duration PD32 by executing the special effect immediately before stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 after the lapse of the main body effect time PD31. .. At this time, in the production duration PD32, the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa is set as slow motion, and the image is brought into close-up toward the angel's face to continue the production duration PD32 for a long period of time. Adjust to the time (10 sec) or the short-term production duration (5 sec).
The MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery depending on whether or not the angel can avoid this large rock.

Here, the MPU 102 displays the image on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by setting the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion and making the image close up toward the face of the angel. I'm stretching the video. Specifically, the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa is pre-processed to a length corresponding to the long-term production duration (10 sec) and stored in the character ROM 106. When the MPU 102 adjusts the effect duration PD32 to the long-term effect duration (10 sec), the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 to read all the image data related to this image from the character ROM 106, and reads this image data from the video RAM 107. To memorize it and perform the production. Further, when the MPU 102 adjusts the effect duration PD32 to the short-term effect duration (5 sec), the MPU 102 reads the first half of the image data related to this image from the character ROM 106 by controlling the VDP 105, and this image. The data is stored in the video RAM 107, and the effect is executed.

Here, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 finally stops and displays the variation display of a plurality of patterns and then shifts the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the long-term effect duration time. If the game state is not changed to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the short-term production duration is set. In other words, whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa when the MPU 102 finally stops and displays the variation display of a plurality of patterns and then shifts the game state to a specific control state which is advantageous for the player. All the image data related to the image immediately before is read from the character ROM 106 and stopped at the image in which the angel's face is greatly close-up. In addition, the MPU 102 immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa if the game state is not changed to the specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of the plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed. The first half of the image data related to the image of No. 1 is read from the character ROM 106 and stopped at the image in which the face of the angel is made small and close-up.

On the other hand, the MPU 102 creates an image in which the angel's face is repeatedly changed in size in the character ROM 106 by, for example, combining an image in which the angel's face is brought into close-up in a large size and an image in which the angel's face is brought into close-up in a small size. Remember, if you want to shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after finally stopping and displaying the variable display of multiple patterns, use an image with a large close-up of the angel's face. After stopping and finally stopping and displaying the variable display of multiple patterns, if the game state is not changed to the specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the angel's face is stopped with a small close-up image. You may set the duration of the production as such. According to this, it becomes difficult for the player to recognize the correspondence between the duration of the production and the size of the face of the angel, so that the player's attention to the game can be improved.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the MPU 102 executes reach display by displaying a moving image on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and stretches the moving image displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Is performing an extraordinary production.
In the present embodiment, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and closes up the image toward the angel's face to display the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. However, the moving image displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 may be enlarged by a method other than this. For example, the MPU 102 displays an effect superimposed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where the moving image displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is stopped, or causes the player to repeatedly press a push button. The moving image displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 may be stretched by such things as.

Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and closes up the image toward the face of the angel to display the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Although the moving image displayed on the screen is stretched, a new moving image may be added without stretching the moving image displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device when the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Specifically, FIG. 28A is a diagram showing a display screen of the symbol display device when the winning / failing result is “big hit winning”, and FIG. 28B is a diagram showing the winning / failing result “normally out of order result”. It is a figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of.
In the MPU 102, when the winning / failing result is "big hit winning", the angel avoids the large rock that has fallen from above as shown in FIG. 28 (A) after the elapse of the special production duration PD32. Notify the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery is "big hit winning".
Further, in the case of the MPU 102, when the result of success or failure is "normal result", the angel can avoid the large rock that has fallen from above as shown in FIG. 28 (B) after the elapse of the production duration PD32. By not doing so, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery is a "normally out of order result".

In this embodiment, among the contents of the super reach, whether or not the angel can avoid the large rock by dropping the large rock from above with respect to the angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Therefore, only the above-mentioned super reach that notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery will be described, and the description of other super reach will be omitted.

FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a flame warning display that occurs during the normal reach period. Specifically, FIG. 29 (A) is a diagram showing a flame warning display with a high expectation, and FIG. 29 (B) is a diagram showing a flame warning display with a low expectation.
As described above, the MPU 102 generates a flame notice display that causes a flame to appear at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2.

As shown in FIG. 29 (A), this flame notice display has a high expectation flame notice display in which a large flame appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and as shown in FIG. 29 (B). It has a low expectation flame notice display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51.
The high-expectation flame notice display is a notice display that is likely to occur when the result of the winning / failing lottery is "big hit winning" and is unlikely to occur when the result is "normally out of order result". Further, the low expectation flame notice display is a notice display that is unlikely to occur when the result of the winning / failing lottery is "big hit winning" and is likely to occur when the result is "normally out of order result".
The duration of the high expectation flame notice display and the duration of the low expectation flame notice display are the same.

FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a cut-in notice display that occurs during the super reach period. Specifically, FIG. 30A is a diagram showing a high expectation cut-in notice display, and FIG. 30B is a diagram showing a low expectation cut-in notice display.
As described above, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display that causes a cut-in to appear at the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3.

As shown in FIG. 30A, this cut-in notice display makes an angel appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and is highly expected to display the characters "super heat" next to the angel. As shown in the cut-in notice display of the degree and as shown in FIG. 30 (B), an angel appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the character "..." is displayed next to the angel. It has a low expectation cut-in notice display.
The high-expected cut-in notice display is a notice display that is likely to occur when the result of the winning / failing lottery is "big hit winning" and is unlikely to occur when the result is "normally out of order result". In addition, the low-expectation cut-in notice display is unlikely to occur when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a "big hit winning", and is likely to occur when the result is a "normally out of order result".
The duration of the high-expected cut-in notice display and the duration of the low-expected cut-in notice display are the same.

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination process, the processes after step S1401 will be described with reference to FIG. 24.
In step S1401, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not the value of the display duration is larger than "30 sec".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that the value of the display duration is not greater than "30 sec" (when it is determined that normal reach is not generated), the effect pattern is displayed without executing the processing after step S1402. The decision process ends.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1401 that the value of the display duration is larger than "30 sec" (when it is determined to generate normal reach), the MPU 92 is stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The normal reach generation command and the effect generation timing of this normal reach generation command (after the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1) are stored in the command list. After that, the MPU 92 executes the flame notice display lottery process in step S1402. In this flame notice display lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate the flame notice display.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate a flame notice display by using the value of the notice display counter. The notice display counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94.

The notice display counter is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. The notice display counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice display counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 94.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (notice display lottery) for whether or not to generate a flame notice display based on the value of the notice display counter stored in the notice display counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice display counter stored in the buffer for the notice display counter, and compares this value with the notice display table to determine whether or not to generate the flame notice display. Execute a lottery. The notice display table is a table that stores the value of a random number related to the occurrence of the flame notice display, and is stored in the notice table storage area 93a of the ROM 93.

In step S1403, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the flame notice display lottery has been won (whether or not the flame notice display is generated) in step S1402.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1403 that the flame warning display is not generated, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1405.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1403 that the flame warning display is generated, the MPU 92 executes the flame warning display setting process in step S1404. In this flame notice display setting process, the MPU 92 sets the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the flame notice display so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration and the information related to the pass / fail result based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the type of the flame notice display based on the specified information and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is a "big hit win" based on the information related to the win / fail result, the probability of setting the flame notice display with a high expectation is high and the probability is low. Decrease the probability of setting the flame notice display of the expected degree. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the hit / fail result is a "normally out of order result", the probability of setting the flame notice display with a high expectation is low, and the probability of setting the flame notice display with a low expectation is set. Make it high. Then, the MPU 92 determines the type of flame notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.
Further, the MPU 92 stores the flame warning display generation command and the effect generation timing (TM1) of the flame warning display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This flame warning display generation command includes information related to the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the flame warning display set in step S1404.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the flame advance notice display setting process in step S1404 makes the player expect that the symbol display device 51 shifts the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It functions as a notice display setting unit that sets the contents of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 sets the type of flame notice display based on the information related to the result of success or failure and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may set the type of the flame warning display based on other information such as the display duration. In short, the MPU 92 may set the type of the notice display so as to have a relationship with the result of the winning / failing lottery.

Specifically, the MPU 92 has a reach display based on the information related to the display duration, and the display duration is expected to the extent that the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. If it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of setting the flame warning display with a high expectation is high, and the probability of setting the flame warning display with a low expectation is low. In addition, the MPU 92 does not have a long display duration to the extent that a reach display is generated based on the information related to the display duration and the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of setting the flame warning display with a high expectation is low, and the probability of setting the flame warning display with a low expectation is high. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the type of the flame notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.

After executing the flame notice display setting process in step S1404, or when it is determined in step S1403 that the flame notice display is not generated, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1405.
In step S1405, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not the value of the display duration is larger than "60 sec".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 that the value of the display duration is not larger than "60 sec" (when it is determined that super reach is not generated), the effect pattern is performed without executing the processing after step S1406. The decision processing of is finished.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 that the value of the display duration is larger than "60 sec" (when it is determined to generate super reach), the MPU 92 performs the super reach setting process in step S1406. Run. In this super reach setting process, the MPU 92 sets the content and result of the super reach so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies information related to the result of success or failure based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the content and the result of the super reach based on the information related to this success / failure result and the information stored in the reach data storage area 93c of the ROM 93.

Specifically, the MPU 92 drops a large rock from above with respect to the angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the result of the winning / failing lottery depends on whether or not the angel can avoid this large rock. Set the contents of the above-mentioned super reach to notify.
Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the winning / failing result is "big hit winning" based on the information related to the winning / failing result, the angel avoids the large rock that has fallen from above, and the result of the winning / failing lottery is ". The result of the super reach is set so as to notify the player that it was a "big hit win" (see FIG. 28 (A)), and if it is determined that the win / fail result is a "normal off result", from above. The result of the super reach is set so as to notify the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was the "normal result" because the angel could not avoid the falling Oiwa (see FIG. 28 (B)). ).
Further, the MPU 92 stores the super reach generation command and the effect generation timing of the super reach generation command (after the lapse of the normal reach period PD2) in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This super reach generation command includes information related to the content and result of the super reach set in step S1406.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the super reach setting process of step S1406 functions as a reach display setting unit for setting the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of symbols on the symbol display device 51. ..

In step S1407, the MPU 92 executes the cut-in notice display setting process. In this cut-in notice display setting process, the MPU 92 sets the type (high expectation or low expectation) of the cut-in notice display so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration and the information related to the pass / fail result based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the type of the cut-in notice display based on the specified information and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is a "big hit win" based on the information related to the win / fail result, the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is increased, and the probability is increased. Decrease the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with low expectations. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the pass / fail result is a "normally out of order result", the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is low, and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation is set. Increase the probability. Then, the MPU 92 determines the type of cut-in notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.
Further, the MPU 92 stores the cut-in notice display generation command and the effect generation timing (TM2) of the cut-in notice display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This cut-in notice display generation command includes information related to the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the cut-in notice display set in step S1407.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the cut-in notice display setting process of step S1407 makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state advantageous to the player by the symbol display device 51. It functions as a notice display setting unit that sets the contents of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 sets the type of cut-in notice display based on the information related to the result of success or failure and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may set the type of the cut-in notice display based on other information such as the display duration. In short, the MPU 92 may set the type of the notice display so as to have a relationship with the result of the winning / failing lottery.

Specifically, the MPU 92 has a reach display based on the information related to the display duration, and the display duration is expected to the extent that the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. If it is determined to be long (for example, if it is determined to be the long-term production duration), the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with high expectation is increased, and the cut-in notice display with low expectation is set. Reduce the probability of doing. In addition, the MPU 92 does not have a long display duration to the extent that a reach display is generated based on the information related to the display duration and the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. If it is determined (for example, if it is determined to be the short-term production duration), the probability of setting it to the high-expectation cut-in notice display is low, and the probability of setting it to the low-expectation cut-in notice display is low. To raise. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the type of the cut-in notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.

In step S1408, the MPU 92 executes the effect effect duration setting process. At this time, in the effect duration setting process, the MPU 92 determines whether the long-term effect duration or the short-term effect duration is set by the MPU 62 based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specify and set this as the production duration.
Further, when the long-term effect duration is set, the MPU 92 has a long-term effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94, and an effect generation timing (main unit) of the long-term effect generation command. After the lapse of the production time PD31) is stored. Then, when the long-term effect duration is set, the MPU 92 stores the effect occurrence timing of the stop result command (after the elapse of the long-term effect duration) in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. do.
On the other hand, in the MPU 92, when the short-term effect duration is set, the short-term effect generation command and the effect generation of this short-term effect generation command are generated in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The timing (after the lapse of the main body production time PD31) is stored. Then, when the short-term effect duration is set, the MPU 92 stores the effect generation timing (after the short-term effect duration elapses) of the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. do.
After that, the MPU 92 ends the process of determining the effect pattern.

FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a command list for transmitting various commands to the display control device. Specifically, FIG. 31 (A) is a diagram showing a command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 when a long-term effect duration is set, and FIG. 31 (B) is a diagram showing a short-term effect. It is a figure which shows the command list which is stored in the command list storage area 94c of RAM 94 when the effect duration is set.
As shown in FIG. 31A, the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 when the long-term effect duration is set stores the fluctuation start command first in the transmission order, and normal reach occurs. The command and its effect generation timing are stored in the second place in the transmission order, the flame warning display generation command and its effect generation timing are stored in the third place in the transmission order, and the super reach generation command and its effect generation timing are stored. Is stored in the fourth place in the transmission order, and the cut-in notice display generation command and its effect generation timing are stored in the fifth place in the transmission order. In the command list when the long-term effect duration is set, the long-term effect generation command and the effect generation timing are stored in the sixth place in the transmission order, and the stop result command and the effect occurrence timing (long-term effect occurrence timing) are stored. (After the elapse of the production duration) is stored in the 7th place in the transmission order.

As shown in FIG. 31B, the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 when the short-term effect duration is set stores the fluctuation start command first in the transmission order, and normal reach occurs. The command and its effect generation timing are stored in the second place in the transmission order, the flame warning display generation command and its effect generation timing are stored in the third place in the transmission order, and the super reach generation command and its effect generation timing are stored. Is stored in the fourth place in the transmission order, and the cut-in notice display generation command and its effect generation timing are stored in the fifth place in the transmission order. In the command list when the short-term effect duration is set, the short-term effect generation command and the effect generation timing are stored in the sixth place in the transmission order, and the stop result command and the effect generation timing (short-term effect occurrence timing) are stored. (After the elapse of the production duration) is stored in the 7th place in the transmission order.

In this way, the command list is stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 when the long-term effect duration is set, and is stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 when the short-term effect duration is set. The command list is the 6th transmission command in the transmission order (long-term effect generation command or short-term effect generation command) and the 7th effect generation timing in the transmission order (after the long-term effect duration elapses or short-term effect). After the duration has elapsed) is different.

In the command transmission process of step S1206 described above, it is determined whether or not the MPU 92 has reached the timing (various effect generation timing) of transmitting various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100. When the determination is made and it is determined that the timing for transmitting various commands to the display control device 100 has been reached, the commands are transmitted to the display control device 100.
Here, the MPU 92 determines various effect generation timings based on the time when the fluctuation start command is transmitted to the display control device 100.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 transmits various commands to the display control device 100 according to the command list transmission order in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94, but changes in the gaming situation that occur after the command list is set, etc. The transmission order and transmission command may be changed according to the above.
For example, the MPU 62 has executed a lottery for generating a jackpot in advance for the reserved information stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display unit or the reserved area Rb for the second result display unit, and has won the jackpot occurrence. If so, a pending winning command containing this information is configured to be sent to the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 92 may be configured to change the transmission order and the transmission command of the command list when the pending winning command is received. Further, for example, the MPU 92 is configured to cause the player to repeatedly press the push button during the main body production time PD 31 of the super reach period PD3, and the command list is transmitted in order according to whether or not the push button is repeatedly pressed by the player. And may be configured to change the send command. Specifically, for example, the MPU 92 may change the type of the flame notice display included in the flame notice display generation command, or change the type of the cut-in notice display included in the cut-in notice display generation command. It may be configured.

<About the flow of reach display and notice display>
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the long-term effect duration is set. In other words, FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when super reach occurs. Specifically, FIG. 32 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 32 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 32 (C) and 32 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 32 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 32 (A) to 32 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 32 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 32 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a flame warning display for causing a flame to appear at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 generates a flame warning display of the type (high expectation or low expectation) set in the flame warning display setting process of step S1404 described above.
In FIG. 32 (B), the MPU 102 generates a high-expected flame warning display that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, but it is executed by the flame warning display setting process. Depending on the result of the lottery, a low-expected flame notice display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51 may be generated.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 32 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

In this main body effect time PD31, as shown in FIG. 32 (D), the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display that causes a cut-in to appear at the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3. Specifically, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display of the type (high expectation or low expectation) set in the cut-in notice display setting process of step S1407 described above.
In addition, in FIG. 32 (D), the MPU 102 has a high expectation cut-in notice in which an angel appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 and the characters "super heat" are displayed next to the angel. Although the display is generated, depending on the lottery result executed in the cut-in notice display setting process, an angel appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and "... In some cases, a low-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "" may be generated.

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, as shown in FIG. 32 (E), the MPU 102 shifts to the edge effect duration PD32 by executing the edge effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3. .. At this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92, and then sets Oiwa based on the long-term effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By setting the image immediately before whether or not the angel can be avoided as slow motion and making the image close up toward the angel's face, the special effect duration PD32 is adjusted to the long-term effect duration (10 sec).

After the elapse of the special production duration PD32 (long-term production duration), the MPU 102 determines whether or not the angel can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 32 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Will notify you of the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 32 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock falling from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

Here, in the present embodiment, the long-term effect duration is likely to be set when the distribution result is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result", and the pass / fail result is a "normal deviation result". It is difficult to set when you win the reach generation lottery. Therefore, it is easy to execute the notice display (high expectation flame notice display and high expectation cut-in notice display) that increases the player's expectation when the notice display is set to the long-term production duration. It is in a state.

FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the short-term effect duration is set. In other words, FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a flow of reach display and notice display when super reach occurs. Specifically, FIG. 33 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 33 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 33 (C) and 33 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 33 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 33 (A) to 33 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 33 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 33 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a flame warning display for causing a flame to appear at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 generates a flame warning display of the type (high expectation or low expectation) set in the flame warning display setting process of step S1404 described above.
In FIG. 33B, the MPU 102 generates a low-expected flame notice display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51, but the lottery result executed in the flame notice display setting process is generated. Depending on the case, a high-expected flame notice display that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 may be generated.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 33 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

At this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display that causes a cut-in to appear at the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3, as shown in FIG. 33 (D). Specifically, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display of the type (high expectation or low expectation) set in the cut-in notice display setting process of step S1407 described above.
In FIG. 33 (D), the MPU 102 has a low expectation cut-in in which an angel appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 and the character "..." is displayed next to the angel. Although the notice display is generated, depending on the lottery result executed in the cut-in notice display setting process, an angel appears on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and "super heat" is placed next to this angel. In some cases, a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "" may be generated.

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, as shown in FIG. 33 (E), the MPU 102 shifts to the edge effect duration PD32 by executing the edge effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3. .. At this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92, and then causes Oiwa based on the short-term effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By setting the image immediately before whether or not the angel can be avoided as slow motion and making the image close up toward the angel's face, the special effect duration PD32 is adjusted to the short-term effect duration (5 sec).

After the lapse of the special production duration PD32 (short-term production duration), the MPU 102 determines whether or not the angel can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 33 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Will notify you of the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 33 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

Here, in the present embodiment, the short-term effect duration is difficult to be set when the distribution result is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result", and the pass / fail result is a "normally wrong result". It is easy to set when you win the reach generation lottery. Therefore, it is easy to execute the notice display (low expectation flame notice display and low expectation cut-in notice display) that reduces the player's expectation when the notice display is set to the short-term production duration. It is in a state.

According to such an embodiment, the following actions / effects can be obtained.
(1) In the display duration setting process, after executing the reach display set in the super reach setting process, the duration of the effect is set when the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed. Therefore, for example, when executing a notice display that reduces the expectation of the player before executing the special effect, set the duration of the special effect short and play the game before executing the special effect. When the notice display that increases the expectation of the person is executed, the duration of the special effect can be set long. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

(2) In the display duration setting process, the total time of the main body duration corresponding to the reach display duration and the effect duration corresponding to the duration of the special effect is set as the display duration, so that the reach is set. Regardless of the duration of the display, the duration of the special effect can be set freely. In other words, in the display duration setting process, the duration of the special effect can be set without adjusting the duration of the reach display, so that the continuous time of the special effect can be easily adjusted.

(3) In the display duration setting process, when the game state is transferred to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the duration of the special effect is displayed. Is set to be long, and when the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the duration of the special effect is set to be shortened. It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without having to remember.
(4) The display duration setting process has a long-term effect duration with a long duration of the special effect and a long-term effect duration with a short duration of the special effect, and has a long-term effect duration and a short-term effect. Since it is set to one of the effect durations, the configuration of the display duration setting process can be simplified.

(5) Since the display duration setting process is set to either the long-term production duration or the short-term production duration by lottery, there is an uncertain factor in the setting of the display duration. Can be made. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.
(6) Since the pachinko machine 10 executes the special effect by stretching the moving image displayed on the symbol display device 51, the special effect can be executed without adding a new moving image or the like, and the pachinko machine can perform the special effect. The load of 10 can be reduced.

In the present embodiment, the display continuation time setting process (extraordinary effect duration setting unit) finally stops and displays the variation display of a plurality of patterns, and then puts the game state into a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. When shifting to, set to lengthen the duration of the special effect, and when not shifting to the specific control state that is advantageous to the player, set to shorten the duration of the special effect. Was there.
On the other hand, when the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process set the notice display that increases the expectation of the player, the time effect continuation time setting unit continues the time effect. If the time is set to be long and the notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the special effect is shortened. It may be set as follows.

[Second Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the parts already described will be designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes a process different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation start processing is different from the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the fluctuation start processing in the present embodiment will be described.

<Variation start processing>
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start processing according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the variation start processing, as shown in FIG. 34, the MPU 62 executes the processing of steps S701 to S718 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment, except for the processing of setting the display duration of step S716A.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

Further, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the reach display occurs on the symbol display device 51. Specifically, in the MPU 62, when the distribution result determined in step S709 is a "low probability result" or a "most advantageous result", and the pass / fail result determined in step S704 is a "normal deviation result". At the same time, if the reach generation lottery is won, it is determined that the reach display will occur. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Execute a reach generation lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the variation type counter acquired from the variation type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a reach generation display duration table in which the display duration is stored.
As shown in FIG. 35, the display duration table for reach generation has a display duration corresponding to a super reach (long-term reach effect group) and a display continuation corresponding to a normal reach (short-term reach effect group) having a shorter time. Have time. Specifically, in the reach generation display duration table, among the values "0 to 198" of the variation type counter CS, "0 to 29" is set as the display duration of 120 sec corresponding to the super reach, and "30 to 198". Is the display duration of 60 sec corresponding to the normal reach. In other words, the reach generation display duration table is set so that the display duration differs according to the value of the variation type counter CS. In the reach generation display duration table, the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the display duration of super reach is smaller than the number of values of the variable type counter CS corresponding to the display duration of normal reach. Is set to.
As described above, in the present embodiment, in the display duration setting process of step S716A, after the symbol display device 51 (display device) is started to display the variation of the plurality of symbols, the variation display of the plurality of symbols is finally displayed. Functions as a display duration setting unit that sets the display duration until the display is stopped.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the variation acquired from the variation type counter buffer by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the display duration table for non-reach generation is set so that the display duration becomes shorter as the number of pending items increases. Therefore, the display duration when digesting the hold information related to the upper operating port 36 is set so as to become shorter as the number of holdings related to the upper operating port 36 increases. The display duration when digesting the hold information related to the lower operating port 37 is set so as to become shorter as the number of holdings related to the lower working port 37 increases. Further, the display duration table for non-reach generation is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high frequency support mode as compared with the case where the support mode is the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the number of holdings is the same, the display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Further, the display duration determined by reference to the reach display duration table is different from the display duration determined by reference to the reach non-reach display duration table.

The display duration table for non-reach may be set to the opposite relationship to the above-mentioned relationship, such as the display duration becomes longer as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and the support mode. It may be configured so as not to fluctuate. In addition, a display duration table may be set individually for each of the hit / fail result and the distribution result.

Further, in the present embodiment, the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute a process different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the process of determining the effect pattern is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the effect pattern determination process in the present embodiment will be described.

<Determining the production pattern>
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect pattern determination process.
In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1401 to S1408A in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36, the MPU 92 executes the flame warning display setting process in step S1404, then executes the flame warning flag setting process in step S1409A, and sets the cut-in notice in step S1407. After executing the process, the cut-in notice flag setting process in step S1410A and the effect duration setting process in step S1408A are executed, and the other steps are executed in the same manner as in the first embodiment.

In step S1401, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not the value of the display duration is larger than "30 sec".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1401 that the value of the display duration is not greater than "30 sec" (when it is determined that normal reach is not generated), the effect pattern is displayed without executing the processing after step S1402. The decision process ends.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1401 that the value of the display duration is larger than "30 sec" (when it is determined to generate normal reach), the MPU 92 is stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The normal reach generation command and the effect generation timing of this normal reach generation command (after the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1) are stored in the command list. After that, the MPU 92 executes the flame notice display lottery process in step S1402. In this flame notice display lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate the flame notice display.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery as to whether or not to generate a flame notice display by using the value of the notice display counter. The notice display counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94.

The notice display counter is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. The notice display counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice display counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 94.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (notice display lottery) for whether or not to generate a flame notice display based on the value of the notice display counter stored in the notice display counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice display counter stored in the buffer for the notice display counter, and compares this value with the notice display table to determine whether or not to generate the flame notice display. Execute a lottery. The notice display table is a table that stores the value of a random number related to the occurrence of the flame notice display, and is stored in the notice table storage area 93a of the ROM 93.

In step S1403, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the flame notice display lottery has been won (whether or not the flame notice display is generated) in step S1402.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1403 that the flame warning display is not generated, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1405.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1403 that the flame warning display is generated, the MPU 92 executes the flame warning display setting process in step S1404. In this flame notice display setting process, the MPU 92 sets the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the flame notice display so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration and the information related to the pass / fail result based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the type of the flame notice display based on the specified information and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is a "big hit win" based on the information related to the win / fail result, the probability of setting the flame notice display with a high expectation is high and the probability is low. Decrease the probability of setting the flame notice display of the expected degree. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the hit / fail result is a "normally out of order result", the probability of setting the flame notice display with a high expectation is low, and the probability of setting the flame notice display with a low expectation is set. Make it high. Then, the MPU 92 determines the type of flame notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.
Further, the MPU 92 stores the flame warning display generation command and the effect generation timing (TM1) of the flame warning display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This flame warning display generation command includes information related to the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the flame warning display set in step S1404.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the flame advance notice display setting process in step S1404 makes the player expect that the symbol display device 51 shifts the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It functions as a notice display setting unit that sets the contents of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 sets the type of flame notice display based on the information related to the result of success or failure and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may set the type of the flame warning display based on other information such as the display duration. In short, the MPU 92 may set the type of the notice display so as to have a relationship with the result of the winning / failing lottery.

Specifically, the MPU 92 has a reach display based on the information related to the display duration, and the display duration is expected to the extent that the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. If it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of setting the flame warning display with a high expectation is high, and the probability of setting the flame warning display with a low expectation is low. In addition, the MPU 92 does not have a long display duration to the extent that a reach display is generated based on the information related to the display duration and the player is expected to be a "big hit winner" in the winning / failing lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of setting the flame warning display with a high expectation is low, and the probability of setting the flame warning display with a low expectation is high. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the type of the flame notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.

The MPU 92 executes the flame warning display setting process in step S1404, and then executes the flame warning flag setting process in step S1409A. In this flame warning flag setting process, when the MPU 92 is set to a high expectation flame warning display in the flame warning display setting process of step S1404, the high expectation degree provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. When the high expectation flame warning flag is set by substituting 1 for the area indicating the flame warning flag and the low expectation flame warning display is set, the low provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. The low expectation flame warning flag is set by substituting 1 for the area indicating the expectation flame warning flag.

Here, the high expectation flame warning flag is a flag for specifying that the high expectation flame warning display is generated. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate the high expectation flame warning display by referring to the area indicating the high expectation flame warning flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.
Further, the low expectation flame warning flag is a flag for specifying that the low expectation flame warning display is generated. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate the low expectation flame warning display by referring to the area indicating the low expectation flame warning flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

After executing the flame warning flag setting process in step S1409A, or when it is determined in step S1404 that the flame warning display is not generated, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1405.
In step S1405, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether or not the value of the display duration is larger than "60 sec".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 that the value of the display duration is not larger than "60 sec" (when it is determined that super reach is not generated), the effect pattern is performed without executing the processing after step S1406. The decision processing of is finished.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1405 that the value of the display duration is larger than "60 sec" (when it is determined to generate super reach), the MPU 92 performs the super reach setting process in step S1406. Run. In this super reach setting process, the MPU 92 sets the content and result of the super reach so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies information related to the result of success or failure based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the content and the result of the super reach based on the information related to this success / failure result and the information stored in the reach data storage area 93c of the ROM 93.

Specifically, the MPU 92 drops a large rock from above with respect to the angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the result of the winning / failing lottery depends on whether or not the angel can avoid this large rock. Set the contents of the above-mentioned super reach to notify.
Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the winning / failing result is "big hit winning" based on the information related to the winning / failing result, the angel avoids the large rock that has fallen from above, and the result of the winning / failing lottery is ". The result of the super reach is set so as to notify the player that it was a "big hit win" (see FIG. 28 (A)), and if it is determined that the win / fail result is a "normal off result", from above. The result of the super reach is set so as to notify the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was the "normal result" because the angel could not avoid the falling Oiwa (see FIG. 28 (B)). ).
Further, the MPU 92 stores the super reach generation command and the effect generation timing of the super reach generation command (after the lapse of the normal reach period PD2) in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This super reach generation command includes information related to the content and result of the super reach set in step S1406.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the super reach setting process of step S1406 functions as a reach display setting unit for setting the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of symbols on the symbol display device 51. ..

In step S1407, the MPU 92 executes the cut-in notice display setting process. In this cut-in notice display setting process, the MPU 92 sets the type (high expectation or low expectation) of the cut-in notice display so as to be related to the result of the winning / failing lottery. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration and the information related to the pass / fail result based on the contents of the variable command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. Then, the MPU 92 sets the type of the cut-in notice display based on the specified information and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93.
Further, the MPU 92 stores the cut-in notice display generation command and the effect generation timing (TM2) of the cut-in notice display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This cut-in notice display generation command includes information related to the type (high expectation degree or low expectation degree) of the cut-in notice display set in step S1407.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the cut-in notice display setting process of step S1407 makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state advantageous to the player by the symbol display device 51. It functions as a notice display setting unit that sets the contents of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect.

Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is a "big hit win" based on the information related to the win / fail result, the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is increased, and the probability is increased. Decrease the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with low expectations. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the pass / fail result is a "normally out of order result", the probability of setting the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is low, and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation is set. Increase the probability. Then, the MPU 92 determines the type of cut-in notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 sets the type of cut-in notice display based on the information related to the result of success or failure and the information stored in the notice data storage area 93b of the ROM 93. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may set the type of the cut-in notice display based on other information such as the display duration. In short, the MPU 92 may set the type of the notice display so as to have a relationship with the result of the winning / failing lottery.

Specifically, for example, when the high expectation flame warning flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94, the MPU 92 increases the probability of setting the high expectation cut-in notice display and increases the probability. Decrease the probability of setting a low-expected cut-in notice display. Further, when the high expectation flame warning flag is not set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94, the MPU 92 lowers the probability of setting the high expectation cut-in notice display and has a low expectation. Increase the probability of setting the cut-in notice display. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the type of the cut-in notice display by drawing lots based on this probability.

In step S1410A, the MPU 92 executes the cut-in notice flag setting process. In this cut-in notice flag setting process, the MPU 92 is provided in various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94 when the cut-in notice display setting process of step S1407 is set to a high-expected cut-in notice display. When the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set by substituting 1 for the area indicating the high expectation cut-in notice flag and set to the low expectation cut-in notice display, various flag storage areas of the RAM 94 are set. By substituting 0 into the area indicating the high expectation cut-in notice flag provided in 94b, the high expectation cut-in notice flag is cleared.

Here, the high expectation cut-in notice flag is a flag for specifying that either the high expectation cut-in notice display or the low expectation cut-in notice display is generated. Specifically, the MPU 92 refers to an area indicating the high expectation cut-in notice flag provided in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94, and is high when the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set. It is specified that the expectation cut-in notice display is generated, and when the high expectation cut-in notice flag is cleared, it is specified that the low expectation cut-in notice display is generated.

In step S1408A, the MPU 92 executes the effect effect duration setting process. At this time, in the effect effect duration setting process, the MPU 92 sets the effect effect duration based on the high expectation flame warning flag, the low expectation flame notice flag, and the high expectation cut-in notice flag.
After that, the MPU 92 ends the process of determining the effect pattern.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect effect duration setting process.
In the effect duration setting process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1510 as shown in FIG. 37.
In step S1501, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the high expectation flame warning flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1501 that the high expectation flame warning flag is set, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1502.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1501 that the high expectation flame warning flag is not set, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1505.

First, in step S1501, the process when it is determined in the MPU 92 that the high expectation flame warning flag is set (the process after step S1502) will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set, the MPU 92 executes the high expectation edge effect setting process in step S1503.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1502 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is not set, the MPU 92 executes the medium expectation degree effect setting process of step S1504.
Here, in the high expectation degree effect setting process and the medium expectation degree edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 is based on the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 and the main body effect time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. Set the production duration.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a display duration distributed to a normal reach period and a main body effect time. Specifically, FIG. 38 (A) is a diagram showing the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and FIG. 38 (B) is a diagram showing the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31. be.
As shown in FIG. 38 (A), the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is the case of generating a high-expected flame warning display, the case of generating a low-expected flame warning display, and the flame warning display. It is different for each mode of reach display when it does not generate.
Therefore, in step S1406 described above, the MPU 92 has a reach display mode in which a high-expected flame warning display is generated, a low-expected flame warning display is generated, and the flame warning display is not generated. The effect generation timing of the super reach generation command (after the lapse of the normal reach period PD2) is stored in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 so as to be different for each.

Specifically, when a flame notice display with a high expectation is generated, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "30 sec" for the basic production time and "1 sec" for the flame notice display time. ing. Therefore, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "31 sec", which is the total time of these basic effect times and the flame notice display time.
Further, when the flame notice display with a low expectation is generated, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "30 sec" of the basic effect time and "3 sec" of the flame notice display time. Therefore, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of these basic effect times and the flame notice display time.

When the flame notice display is not generated, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec" of the basic effect time and "0 sec" of the flame notice display time. Therefore, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of these basic effect times and the flame notice display time.

As shown in FIG. 38B, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the case where the high expectation cut-in notice display is generated and the case where the low expectation cut-in notice display is generated, respectively. It differs depending on the mode of reach display.

Specifically, when a high-expected cut-in notice display is generated, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is "50 sec" for the basic effect time and "1 sec" for the cut-in notice display time. ". Therefore, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is "51 sec", which is the total time of these basic effect times and the cut-in notice display time.
Further, when the cut-in notice display with a low expectation is generated, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is "50 sec" of the basic effect time and "3 sec" of the cut-in notice display time. ing. Therefore, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is "53 sec", which is the total time of these basic effect times and the cut-in notice display time.

Here, when the MPU 92 specifies that the high expectation flame warning display is generated in step S1501 and the high expectation cut-in notice display is specified in step S1502, step S1503 In, the high expectation degree effect setting process is executed. In this high expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "31 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "51 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the effect duration PD 32. Specifically, in the high-expectation edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration PD32 to "8 sec" (hereinafter, referred to as the high-expectation edge effect continuation time).

Further, when the MPU 92 specifies in step S1501 to generate a high expectation flame warning display and in step S1502 specifies to generate a low expectation cut-in notice display, in step S1504. , Executes the medium expectation level production setting process. In this medium expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "31 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "53 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the effect duration PD 32. Specifically, in the medium expectation degree edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration PD32 to "6 sec" (hereinafter, referred to as the medium expectation degree edge effect continuation time).

Next, in step S1501, the process when it is determined in the MPU 92 that the high expectation flame warning flag is not set (the process after step S1505) will be described.
In step S1505, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the low expectation flame warning flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1505 that the low expectation flame warning flag is set, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1506.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1505 that the low expectation flame warning flag is not set, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S1508.

First, in step S1505, a process when it is determined in the MPU 92 that the low expectation flame warning flag is set (process after step S1506) will be described.
In step S1506, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1506 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set, the MPU 92 executes the medium expectation degree effect setting process of step S1504 described above.
Here, when the MPU 92 specifies that the low expectation flame warning display is generated in step S1505 and that the high expectation cut-in notice display is generated in step S1506, step S1504 In, the medium expectation degree production setting process is executed. In this medium expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "33 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "51 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the production duration PD 32. Specifically, in the medium expectation degree edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration PD32 to "6 sec".

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1506 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is not set, the MPU 92 executes the low expectation edge effect setting process in step S1507.
Here, when the MPU 92 specifies that the low expectation flame warning display is generated in step S1505 and the low expectation cut-in notice display is specified in step S1506, step S1507 In, the low expectation degree effect setting process is executed. In this low expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "33 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "53 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the production duration PD 32. Specifically, in the low expectation degree edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration time PD32 to "4 sec" (hereinafter, referred to as the low expectation degree edge effect continuation time).

Next, in step S1505, a process when it is determined in the MPU 92 that the low expectation flame warning flag is not set (processes after step S1508) will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 92 executes the normal reach period adjustment process. In this normal reach period adjustment process, the MPU 92 adjusts the display duration distributed to the basic effect time among the display durations distributed to the normal reach period PD2 to "33 sec" (see FIG. 38 (A)). In other words, when the flame warning display is not generated, the MPU 92 adjusts the display duration distributed to the basic effect time to "33 sec" among the display durations distributed to the normal reach period PD2.

Here, as described above, when the MPU 92 generates the flame notice display with a high expectation degree (when the flame notice display with a high expectation degree is generated or when the flame notice display with a low expectation degree is generated), the MPU 92 sets the normal reach period PD2. Of the displayed display durations distributed, the display duration distributed to the basic effect time is set to "30 sec". In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 adjusts the display duration of "30 sec" to the display duration of "33 sec" by extending the display duration of "30 sec" by 10% to "33 sec". Specifically, the MPU 102 adjusts the display duration distributed to the basic effect time by extending the time for variable display of the symbol sequence Z2.

After executing the normal reach period adjustment process in step S1508, the MPU 92 determines in step S1506 whether or not the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S1506 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set, the MPU 92 executes the medium expectation degree effect setting process of step S1504 described above.
Here, when the MPU 92 specifies that the flame notice display is not generated in step S1505 and that the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is generated in step S1506, the medium expectation is made in step S1504. Executes the timely effect setting process. In this medium expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "33 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "51 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the production duration PD 32. Specifically, in the medium expectation degree edge effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration PD32 to "6 sec".

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1506 that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is not set, the MPU 92 executes the low expectation edge effect setting process in step S1507.
Here, when the MPU 92 specifies not to generate the flame warning display in step S1505 and specifies to generate the low expectation cut-in notice display in step S1506, the low expectation in step S1507. Executes the special effect setting process. In this low expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 has a display duration of "30 sec" distributed to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and a display duration of "33 sec" distributed to the normal reach period PD2, and the main body effect. The time obtained by subtracting the display duration "53 sec" distributed to the time PD 31 from the display duration of "120 sec" corresponding to the super reach is set as the display duration distributed to the production duration PD 32. Specifically, in the low expectation degree effect setting process, the MPU 92 sets the edge effect duration PD32 to "4 sec".

After executing any of the processes of step S1503, step S1504, and step S1507, the MPU 92 sends a command to generate an effect in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 in step S1509, and an effect is generated at this time. The command effect generation timing (after the main body effect time PD31 has elapsed) is stored. At this time, the effect generation command includes information related to the type of effect when set in any of the processes of step S1503, step S1504, and step S1507.
Further, the MPU 92 produces an effect of the special effect generation command so as to be different for each of the reach display modes when the high expectation cut-in notice display is generated and the low expectation cut-in notice display is generated. The timing (after the lapse of the main body effect time PD31) is stored in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The MPU 92 is used for each of the reach display modes when the high expectation level effect duration is set, the medium expectation level effect duration is set, and the low expectation level effect duration is set. Differently, the effect generation timing of the stop result command (after the elapse of the effect effect duration PD32) is stored in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94.

In step S1510, the MPU 92 clears various flags set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94. Specifically, the MPU 92 clears the high expectation flame warning flag, the low expectation flame warning flag, and the high expectation cut-in warning flag set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.
After that, the MPU 92 ends the process of setting the duration of the effect.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the special effect duration setting process is executed just before the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed after the reach display set in the super reach setting process is executed. When setting the duration of the production, it functions as the production duration setting unit. At this time, the effect duration setting process continues to set the duration of the effect by distributing the display duration set in the display duration setting process to the duration of the reach display and the duration of the effect. It also functions as a time distribution unit.

In addition, the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process set the duration of the notice display (high expectation flame notice display and high expectation cut-in notice display) that increases the player's expectation. It is set to be short, and the duration of the notice display (low expectation flame notice display and low expectation cut-in notice display) that reduces the player's expectation is set to be long.
Then, in the special effect continuation time setting process, when the notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the special effect is lengthened. If a notice display is set to reduce the player's expectation in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened. are doing. In other words, the special effect duration setting process distributes the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the reach display duration and the reach display duration by adjusting the reach display duration. are doing.

In addition, in this embodiment, the special effect continuation time setting process (the special effect continuous time setting unit) is set so as to shorten the duration of the notice display that increases the expectation of the player, and the player's expectation. The duration of the reach display is adjusted by setting the duration of the notice display to reduce the feeling and extending the basic production time of the normal reach period PD2, but other methods May adjust the duration of the reach display. For example, the special effect duration setting unit may adjust the duration of the reach display by reducing the basic effect time of the reach display, adjusting the time between switching the moving image of the reach display, and the like.

Further, in the present embodiment, the edge effect continuation time setting unit adjusts the duration of the reach display to change the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the reach display duration and the continuation of the reach display. Although it is distributed to the time, the display duration set by the display duration setting unit may be distributed to the duration of the reach display and the duration of the special effect by another method. For example, the special effect duration setting unit adjusts the duration of the effect before and after the reach display to change the display duration set by the display continuous time setting unit to the reach display duration and the continuous effect duration. May be distributed to. Specifically, the special effect duration setting unit adjusts the duration of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1 and stops and displays the variation display of a plurality of symbols, and then re-lottery effect (promotion) of the same combination of symbols. It is set in the display duration setting unit by adjusting the duration of the effect) or by adjusting the period from when the variable display of multiple patterns is stopped and displayed until the next variable display is started. The display duration may be distributed to the reach display duration and the special effect duration.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a command list for transmitting various commands to the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 39, the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 stores the fluctuation start command first in the transmission order, and stores the normal reach generation command and its effect generation timing in the transmission order 2. The second is memorized, the flame warning display occurrence command and the effect occurrence timing are memorized in the third in the transmission order, and the super reach occurrence command and the effect occurrence timing are memorized in the fourth in the transmission order, and the cut-in is performed. The warning display generation command and the effect generation timing are stored in the fifth place in the transmission order. In addition, this command list stores the command for generating the effect and the timing for generating the effect in the sixth place in the transmission order, and the stop result command and the timing for generating the effect (after the elapse of the duration of the effect) are stored in the order of transmission. I remember the 7th.

Here, as described above, the effect generation timing of the super reach generation command (after the lapse of the normal reach period PD2), the effect generation timing of the special effect generation command (after the lapse of the main body effect time PD31), and the effect generation of the stop result command The timing (after the elapse of the production duration PD32) is different for each reach display mode.

In the command transmission process of step S1206 described above, it is determined whether or not the MPU 92 has reached the timing (various effect generation timing) of transmitting various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100. When the determination is made and it is determined that the timing for transmitting various commands to the display control device 100 has been reached, the commands are transmitted to the display control device 100.
Here, the MPU 92 determines various effect generation timings based on the time when the fluctuation start command is transmitted to the display control device 100.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 92 transmits various commands to the display control device 100 according to the command list transmission order in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94, but changes in the gaming situation that occur after the command list is set, etc. The transmission order and transmission command may be changed according to the above.
For example, the MPU 62 has executed a lottery for generating a jackpot in advance for the reserved information stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display unit or the reserved area Rb for the second result display unit, and has won the jackpot occurrence. If so, a pending winning command containing this information is configured to be sent to the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 92 may be configured to change the transmission order and the transmission command of the command list when the pending winning command is received. Further, for example, the MPU 92 is configured to cause the player to repeatedly press the push button during the main body production time PD 31 of the super reach period PD3, and the command list is transmitted in order according to whether or not the push button is repeatedly pressed by the player. And may be configured to change the send command. Specifically, for example, the MPU 92 may change the type of the flame notice display included in the flame notice display generation command, or change the type of the cut-in notice display included in the cut-in notice display generation command. It may be configured. Further, for example, the MPU 92 may be configured to change the duration of the effect.

<About the flow of reach display and notice display>
FIG. 40 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and advance notice display when the high expectation level effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 40 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a high expectation and the cut-in notice display with a high expectation are generated. Specifically, FIG. 40 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 40 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 40 (C) and 40 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 40 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 40 (A) to 40 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 40 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 40 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 displays a high-expected flame notice that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. generate. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this high-expected flame notice display is "1 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "31 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "1 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 40 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 40 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 40 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and raises the production duration PD32 by making the image close up toward the angel's face. Adjust to the expected duration (8 sec).

After the lapse of the special production duration PD32 (high expectation high expectation continuous time), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock by an angel as shown in FIG. 40 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 40 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock falling from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 41 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 41 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a high expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 41 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 41 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 41 (C) and 41 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 41 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 41 (A) to 41 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 41 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 41 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 displays a high-expected flame notice that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. generate. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this high-expected flame notice display is "1 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "31 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic effect time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "1 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 41 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 41 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close-up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock by an angel as shown in FIG. 41 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 41 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 42 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a high expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 42 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 42 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 42 (C) and 42 (D) are supermarkets. FIG. 42 (E) is a diagram showing a main body effect time PD31 for executing the main body of the reach effect, and FIG. 42 (E) is a diagram showing an effect duration PD32 when executing the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol. FIG. 42 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 42 (A) to 42 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 42 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 42 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a low-expected flame warning display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this low expectation flame notice display is "3 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "3 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 42 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 42 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 42 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102, the MPU 102, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. The result of the winning / failing lottery will be notified depending on whether or not it can be avoided. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In FIG. 42 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock that had fallen from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 43 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 43 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and only the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is generated. Specifically, FIG. 43 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 43 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 43 (C) and 43 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 43 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 43 (A) to 43 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 43 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 43 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Here, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame notice display, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the basic effect time adjusted by the normal reach period adjustment process in step S1508, and the flame. It is "33 sec" of the total time with "0 sec" of the notice display time.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 43 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 43 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 43 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 43 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In FIG. 43 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock that had fallen from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the big rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 44 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of the reach display and the advance notice display when the low expectation degree edge effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a low expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 44 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 44 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 44 (C) and 44 (D) are supermarkets. FIG. 44 (E) is a diagram showing a main body effect time PD31 for executing the main body of the reach effect, and FIG. 44 (E) is a diagram showing an effect duration PD32 when executing the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol. FIG. 44 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 44 (A) to 44 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 44 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 44 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a low-expected flame warning display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this low expectation flame notice display is "3 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "3 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 44 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 44 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 44 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and makes the image close-up toward the angel's face to lower the production duration PD32. Adjust to the expected duration (4 sec).

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (low expectation edge effect duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 44 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 44 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the low expectation level effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 45 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when super reach is generated and only a cut-in notice display with a low expectation is generated. Specifically, FIG. 45 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 45 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 45 (C) and 45 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. 45 (E) is a figure which shows the effect duration PD32 when the effect is executed just before stopping the variation display of a symbol. FIG. 45 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 45 (A) to 45 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 45 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 45 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Here, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame notice display, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the basic effect time adjusted by the normal reach period adjustment process in step S1508, and the flame. It is "33 sec" of the total time with "0 sec" of the notice display time.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 45 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.

Further, as shown in FIG. 45 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec".
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 45 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and makes the image close-up toward the angel's face to lower the production duration PD32. Adjust to the expected duration (4 sec).

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (low expectation edge effect duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 45 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 45 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

According to such an embodiment, the following actions / effects can be obtained.
(1) In the production duration setting process, the duration of a plurality of expected effects is set by distributing the display duration set in the display duration setting process to the durations of the plurality of expected effects. , It is possible to set the duration of a plurality of expected effects without changing the display duration set in the display duration setting process. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify a plurality of effects, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The time effect duration setting process sets the duration of the time effect by distributing the display duration set in the display duration setting process to the reach display duration and the time of the time effect. Therefore, for example, when executing an expectation effect that reduces the expectation of the player before executing the edge effect, the duration of the edge effect is set short, and the player before executing the edge effect. When performing an expected effect that increases the expectation of the above, the duration of the extra effect can be set longer. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.
(3) The time effect duration setting process sets the duration of the time effect by distributing the display duration set in the display duration setting process to the reach display duration and the time of the time effect. Therefore, it is possible to set the duration of the effect without changing the display duration set in the display duration setting process.

(4) The display duration setting process distributes the display duration set in the display duration setting process to the reach display duration and the reach display duration by adjusting the reach display duration. Therefore, it is possible to execute the same reach display in which the duration of the reach display and the duration of the special effect are different. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.
(5) When the notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the time effect is set. If you set it to be longer and set a notice display that reduces the player's expectation in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the special effect will be shortened. Since the pachinko machine 10 is set, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

(6) The flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process are set to shorten the duration of the notice display that increases the expectation of the player. When a notice display that increases the player's expectation is set in the notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the notice display is lengthened by the shortened duration of the notice display. Can be set as. In addition, the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process are set to lengthen the duration of the notice display that reduces the expectation of the player. When a notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the duration of the notice display should be shortened by the longer the duration of the notice display. Can be set to. Therefore, when the notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the time effect continuation time setting process can be easily performed. Can be set to be longer, and if a notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the continuous production can be easily continued. It can be set to shorten the time.

(7) In the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process, the contents of a plurality of notice displays are set and the duration of each notice display is set. It is possible to divide and bear the increase or decrease in the duration of the special production. In other words, the difference between the duration of the notice display that increases the player's expectation and the duration of the notice display that reduces the player's expectation can be reduced, so that the player's expectation can be reduced. The feeling of strangeness can be alleviated.
(8) Since the pachinko machine 10 executes the special effect by stretching the moving image displayed on the symbol display device 51, the special effect can be executed without adding a new moving image or the like, and the pachinko machine can perform the special effect. The load of 10 can be reduced.

In addition, in this embodiment, the special effect continuous time setting process (the special effect continuous time setting unit) displays a notice so as to increase the expectation of the player by the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. If set, when the duration of the special effect is set to be long, and the notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. Was set to shorten the duration of the production.
On the other hand, when the game state is transferred to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the time effect duration setting unit is used to display the time effect. If the duration is set to be long and the gaming state is not shifted to the specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the duration of the effect may be shortened.

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice display setting unit sets the contents of two notice displays, the flame notice display and the cut-in notice display, and sets the duration of each notice display. On the other hand, the notice display setting unit may set the contents of one or a plurality of notice displays and set the duration of each notice display.

[Third Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the parts already described will be designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

In the present embodiment, the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute a process different from that of the second embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect pattern determination process is different from the second embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the effect pattern determination process in the present embodiment will be described.

<Determining the production pattern>
FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a flowchart of an effect pattern determination process according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1401 to S1408A in substantially the same manner as in the second embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46, the MPU 92 performs the flame warning gauge raising process of step S1411B after setting the flame warning flag in step S1409A and before executing the process of step S1405. Run. Further, the MPU 92 executes the cut-in notice gauge raising process in step S1412B after executing the setting of the cut-in notice flag in step S1410A and before executing the time setting process in step S1408A. Then, the MPU 92 executes the other steps in the same manner as in the second embodiment.

In step S1411B, the MPU 92 executes the flame warning gauge raising process. This flame warning gauge raising process determines the amount of raising of the gauge displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in order to notify the player of the length of the special effect duration PD32 at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2. It is a process to do. Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the high expectation flame warning flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94 (when the high expectation flame warning display is generated), the gauge rises. When the amount is set to 2 gauge and it is determined that the high expectation flame warning flag is not set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94 (when the low expectation flame warning display is generated or the flame warning display is generated). If not, set the gauge rise to 1 gauge.

Further, the MPU 92 transmits a flame warning gauge raising command including information related to the rising amount of the gauge to the display control device 100. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores this flame warning gauge raising command together with the flame warning display generation command stored third in the transmission order of the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. Then, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the timing TM1 for transmitting the flame warning display generation command to the display control device 100 has been reached, and determines that the timing TM1 for transmitting the flame warning display generation command to the display control device 100 has been reached. The flame warning display generation command and the flame warning gauge raising command are transmitted to the display control device 100.
If the MPU 92 does not store the flame warning display generation command in the third place in the transmission order of the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94, the MPU 92 independently stores the flame warning gauge raising command. It will be.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads a data table for executing the gauge increase on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103 based on the flame warning gauge increase command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time the predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the gauge increase based on the gauge increase amount determined by the MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flame warning display that occurs during the normal reach period and an increase in the gauge. Specifically, FIG. 47 (A) is a diagram showing a flame warning display with a high expectation, and FIG. 47 (B) is a diagram showing a flame warning display with a low expectation.
As described above, the MPU 102 generates a flame notice display that causes a flame to appear at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2. Specifically, when the MPU 102 generates a high-expected flame notice display that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, the symbol display is as shown in FIG. 47 (A). The gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the device 51 is raised by 2 gauges. Further, when the MPU 102 generates a flame advance notice display having a low expectation of causing a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 47 (B), the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 Raise the gauge GB placed in the lower left position by 1 gauge.

In step S1412B, the MPU 92 executes a cut-in notice gauge raising process. In this cut-in notice gauge raising process, the amount of raising of the gauge displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in order to notify the player of the length of the special effect duration PD32 in the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3. Is the process of determining. Specifically, when the MPU 92 determines that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94 (when the high expectation cut-in notice display is generated), the gauge When it is determined that the high expectation cut-in notice flag is not set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94 (when the low expectation cut-in notice display is generated). , Set the gauge rise to 1 gauge.

Further, the MPU 92 transmits a cut-in notice gauge raising command including information related to the rising amount of the gauge to the display control device 100. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the cut-in notice display generation command stored in the fifth place in the transmission order of the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94, and the cut-in notice gauge raising command. .. Then, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the timing TM2 for transmitting the cut-in notice display generation command to the display control device 100 has been reached, and determines that the timing TM2 for transmitting the cut-in notice display generation command to the display control device 100 has been reached. If so, the cut-in notice display generation command and the cut-in notice gauge raising command are transmitted to the display control device 100.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads a data table for executing the gauge increase on the symbol display device 51 from the program ROM 103 based on the cut-in notice gauge increase command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table every time the predetermined image update timing (for example, 20 msec cycle) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the gauge increase based on the gauge increase amount determined by the MPU 92 of the voice emission control device 90.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a cut-in notice display that occurs during the super reach period and an increase in the gauge. Specifically, FIG. 48 (A) is a diagram showing a high expectation cut-in notice display, and FIG. 48 (B) is a diagram showing a low expectation cut-in notice display.
As described above, the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display that causes a cut-in to appear at the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3.

Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB at the timing TM2 of the super reach period PD3. Specifically, the MPU 102 causes an angel to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and generates a high-expected cut-in notice display in which the characters "super heat" are displayed next to the angel. In this case, as shown in FIG. 48A, the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is raised by 2 gauges. Further, when the MPU 102 causes an angel to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 and generates a low-expected cut-in notice display in which the character "..." is displayed next to the angel. As shown in FIG. 48 (B), raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by one gauge.

Note that FIG. 48 shows a state in which the gauge GB has already been raised by 2 gauges at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 (showing a state in which a highly expected flame warning display is generated). Therefore, in FIG. 48, when a high-expected cut-in notice display is generated, the gauge GB is a total of 4 gauges. Further, when the MPU 102 generates a cut-in notice display with a low expectation, the gauge GB is a total of 3 gauges.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the flame warning gauge raising process and the cut-in warning gauge raising process continue the effect when notifying the player of the duration of the effect when set in the time effect duration setting process. Functions as a time notification unit.
In the present embodiment, the special effect duration notification unit displays the gauge GB on the symbol display device 51, and by making the gauge GB correspond to the continuous time of the special effect, the player can be notified of the continuous time of the special effect. Although it was notified, the player may be notified of the duration of the special effect by a method different from that of the gauge GB. For example, the special effect continuation time notification unit may notify the player of the continuous time of the special effect by the color or brightness of various lamps provided around the window unit 21.

<About the flow of reach display and notice display>
FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when the high expectation level effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a high expectation and the cut-in notice display with a high expectation are generated. Specifically, FIG. 49 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 49 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 49 (C) and 49 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 49 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 49 (A) to 49 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 49 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 49 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 displays a high-expected flame notice that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. generate. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this high-expected flame notice display is "1 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 2 gauges in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92.
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "31 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "1 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 49 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 49 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 2 gauges at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 4 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 49 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and raises the production duration PD32 by making the image close up toward the angel's face. Adjust to the expected duration (8 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 4 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the special production duration PD32 (high expectation high expectation continuous time), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock by an angel as shown in FIG. 49 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 49 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock falling from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the big rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 50 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a high expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 50 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 50 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 50 (C) and 50 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 50 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 50 (A) to 50 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 50 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 50 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 displays a high-expected flame notice that causes a large flame to appear on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. generate. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this high-expected flame notice display is "1 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 2 gauges in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92.
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "31 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "1 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 50 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 50 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 1 gauge at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 3 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 50 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 3 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 50 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 50 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 51 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a low expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a high expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 51 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 51 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 51 (C) and 51 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 51 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 51 (A) to 51 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 51 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 51 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a low-expected flame warning display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this low expectation flame notice display is "3 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by one gauge at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92.
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "3 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 51 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 51 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 2 gauges at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 3 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 51 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 3 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102, the MPU 102, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. The result of the winning / failing lottery will be notified depending on whether or not it can be avoided. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 51 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock falling from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the big rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of reach display and notice display when the effect duration is set to the middle expectation level. Here, FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and only the cut-in notice display with a high expectation is generated. Specifically, FIG. 52 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 52 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 52 (C) and 52 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 52 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 52 (A) to 52 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 52 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 52 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame warning display, it is arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Raise the gauge GB by 1 gauge.
Here, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame notice display, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the basic effect time adjusted by the normal reach period adjustment process in step S1508, and the flame. It is "33 sec" of the total time with "0 sec" of the notice display time.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as shown in FIG. 52 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 52 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a high-expected cut-in notice display that displays the characters "super heat" next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this high-expected cut-in notice display is "1 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 2 gauges at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 3 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "1 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "51 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 52 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and by making the image close up toward the angel's face, the production duration PD32 is set to the middle. Adjust to the expected duration (6 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 3 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (medium expectation edge production duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 52 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 52 (F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "big hit winning" because the angel avoided the big rock falling from above. Depending on the result of the super reach set in the reach setting process, the player is notified that the result of the winning / failing lottery was "normally out of order" because the angel could not avoid the big rock that had fallen from above. In some cases.

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of the reach display and the advance notice display when the low expectation degree edge effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 53 is a diagram showing the flow of the reach display and the notice display when the super reach is generated and the flame notice display with a low expectation degree and the cut-in notice display with a low expectation degree are generated. Specifically, FIG. 53 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 53 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 53 (C) and 53 (D) are supermarkets. It is a figure which shows the main body effect time PD31 which executes the main body of a reach effect, and FIG. FIG. 53 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 53 (A) to 53 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 53 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 53 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, the MPU 102 generates a low-expected flame warning display that causes a small flame to appear below the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning display generation command received from the MPU 92. As described above, the flame notice display time corresponding to this low expectation flame notice display is "3 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by one gauge at the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92.
Here, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the total time of "30 sec", which is the basic production time that shifts after the flame notice display is generated, and "3 sec", which is the flame notice display time. Is.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 53 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 53 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 1 gauge at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 2 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 53 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and makes the image close-up toward the angel's face to lower the production duration PD32. Adjust to the expected duration (4 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 2 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the special production duration PD32 (low expectation high-time production duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock by an angel as shown in FIG. 53 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 53 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of the reach display and the advance notice display when the low expectation degree edge effect duration is set. Here, FIG. 54 is a diagram showing the flow of reach display and notice display when super reach is generated and only a cut-in notice display with a low expectation is generated. Specifically, FIG. 54 (A) is a diagram showing a high-speed fluctuation period PD1, FIG. 54 (B) is a diagram showing a normal reach period PD2, and FIGS. 54 (C) and 54 (D) are supermarkets. FIG. 54 (E) is a diagram showing a main body effect time PD31 for executing the main body of the reach effect, and FIG. 54 (E) is a diagram showing an effect duration PD32 when executing the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol. FIG. 54 (F) is a diagram showing after the variable display of the symbol is stopped. Further, each of FIGS. 54 (A) to 54 (F) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are shown by a line segment below each diagram.

First, the MPU 102 displays the fluctuations of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, as shown in FIG. 54 (A), based on the fluctuation start command received from the MPU 92. By starting, it shifts to the high-speed fluctuation period PD1. In this high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).

After the lapse of the high-speed fluctuation period PD1, the MPU 102 makes a part of the symbol strings (symbol sequence Z1 and symbol sequence Z3) effective line L as shown in FIG. 54 (B) based on the normal reach generation command received from the MPU 92. By displaying the stop on the top, the same combination of symbols (“7” in this embodiment) is displayed to suggest the stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (symbol row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner in that state. , Normal reach is generated and the normal reach period is shifted to PD2.

Further, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame warning display, it is arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in the timing TM1 of the normal reach period PD2 based on the flame warning gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Raise the gauge GB by 1 gauge.
Here, since the MPU 102 does not generate the flame notice display, the display duration distributed to the normal reach period PD2 is "33 sec", which is the basic effect time adjusted by the normal reach period adjustment process in step S1508, and the flame. It is "33 sec" of the total time with "0 sec" of the notice display time.

After the lapse of the normal reach period PD2, the MPU 102 displays a predetermined character or the like in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 54 (C). By displaying it as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G, the process shifts to the main body production time PD31 of the super reach period PD3. In this main body production time PD31, the MPU 102 drops a large rock from above with respect to an angel existing below the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
Here, a part of the reduced display of each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. In the present embodiment, a part of the reduced display of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is hidden by the gauge GB, but the gauge GB may be arranged so as not to be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 54 (D), the MPU 102 is an angel on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51 at the timing TM2 of the main body production time PD31 based on the cut-in notice display generation command received from the MPU 92. And generate a low-expectation cut-in notice display that displays the character "..." next to this angel. As described above, the cut-in notice display time corresponding to this low-expected cut-in notice display is "3 sec". Further, the MPU 102 raises the gauge GB arranged at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 by 1 gauge at the timing TM2 of the main body effect time PD31 based on the cut-in notice gauge raising command received from the MPU 92. Let them make a total of 2 gauges.
Here, the display duration distributed to the main body effect time PD31 is the total time of the basic effect time "50 sec" and the cut-in notice display time "3 sec" that shift after the cut-in notice display is generated. It is "53 sec".

After the lapse of the main body effect time PD31, the MPU 102 executes the effect immediately before stopping the variation display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 54 (E), based on the effect generation command received from the MPU 92. By doing so, the effect shifts to PD32.
At this time, in the production duration PD32, the MPU 102 sets the image immediately before whether or not the angel can avoid Oiwa as a slow motion, and makes the image close-up toward the angel's face to lower the production duration PD32. Adjust to the expected duration (4 sec).
Further, at this time, in the effect duration PD32, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB having a total of 2 gauges. Specifically, the MPU 102 lowers the gauge GB by 1 gauge every 2 seconds so that the gauge GB becomes 0 gauge when the effect duration PD32 elapses.
At this time, the reduced display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 becomes exposed by the lowering of the gauge GB.

After the lapse of the edge production duration PD32 (low expectation edge effect duration), the MPU 102 can avoid this large rock as shown in FIG. 54 (F) based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92. Depending on whether or not it is, the result of the winning or losing lottery will be notified. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the result of the winning / failing lottery by displaying the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process of step S1406 on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51.
In addition, in FIG. 54 (F), the MPU 102 informs the player that the result of the winning / failing lottery was a "normally out-of-order result" because the angel could not avoid the large rock that had fallen from above. However, depending on the result of the super reach set in the super reach setting process, the angel avoids the big rock that has fallen from above, and the player is notified that the result of the winning or losing lottery was "big hit winning". In some cases.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the flame warning gauge raising process and the cut-in warning gauge raising process are performed by displaying the gauge GB on the symbol display device 51 and making the gauge GB correspond to the duration of the special effect. , Notifies the player of the duration of the production.
Further, in the present embodiment, the flame notice gauge raising process and the cut-in notice gauge raising process provide a notice display that increases the player's expectation in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. When set, by changing the gauge GB significantly, the player is notified of the duration of the special effect, and the player's expectation is reduced by the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. When the notice display is set, the player is notified of the duration of the special effect by slightly changing the gauge GB.

In the present embodiment, the gauge GB only notifies the player of the duration of the special effect by associating it with the continuous time of the special effect, but other gauge GB according to the amount of increase in the gauge GB. You may combine the production. For example, in the video just before whether or not an angel can avoid Oiwa, if the player can break the Oiwa that has fallen from above by pressing a button, the effect is configured so that the angel can avoid Oiwa. However, the number of times the player presses the button may be increased according to the amount of increase in the gauge GB.

According to the present embodiment as described above, in addition to being able to exert the same actions and effects as those of the second embodiment, the following actions and effects can be obtained.
(1) Since the flame warning gauge raising process and the cut-in warning gauge raising process notify the player of the duration of the effect when set in the effect duration setting process, the player can perform the effect. You can check the duration. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further improve the player's attention to the game.
(2) In the flame warning gauge raising process and the cut-in warning gauge raising process, the gauge GB is displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the gauge GB is made to correspond to the duration of the special effect, so that the duration of the special effect is maintained. Is notified to the player, so that the player can easily confirm the duration of the effect. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) The flame notice gauge raising process and the cut-in notice gauge raising process are performed when a notice display that increases the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. Since the gauge GB is greatly changed, the player can easily confirm that the duration of the effect is long. Further, in the flame advance notice gauge raising process and the cut-in notice gauge raising process, when the notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. Since the gauge is changed small, the player can easily confirm that the duration of the effect is short. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

(4) Since the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process set the contents of a plurality of notice displays, the gauge GB can be changed each time each notice display is executed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can accumulate changes in the gauge GB each time each notice display is executed, and can further improve the player's attention to the game.

In addition, in this embodiment, the special effect continuous time setting process (the special effect continuous time setting unit) displays a notice so as to increase the expectation of the player by the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. If set, when the duration of the special effect is set to be long, and the notice display that reduces the player's expectation is set in the flame notice display setting process and the cut-in notice display setting process. Was set to shorten the duration of the production.
On the other hand, when the game state is transferred to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the time effect duration setting unit is used to display the time effect. If the duration is set to be long and the gaming state is not shifted to the specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the duration of the effect may be shortened.

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice display setting unit sets the contents of two notice displays, the flame notice display and the cut-in notice display, and sets the duration of each notice display. On the other hand, the notice display setting unit may set the contents of one or a plurality of notice displays and set the duration of each notice display.

[Varied examples of each embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to each of the above-described embodiments, and modifications, improvements, and the like to the extent that the object of the present invention can be achieved are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the large winning opening 38a once for each round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the large winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above-described embodiments, in the pachinko machine 10, after the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state, a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, or a game to the large winning opening 38a. When the total number of winning balls reaches a predetermined upper limit, the opening / closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be changed according to the upper limit duration, and the condition for setting the open / close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above-described embodiments, in the pachinko machine 10, after the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state, the total number of winning games to the large winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is a predetermined upper limit. As a result, the opening / closing door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, in the pachinko machine 10, the upper limit number may be set to any number other than eight. Further, for example, in the pachinko machine 10, the upper limit number may be set differently according to the distribution result. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may be set with a different upper limit number for each round in one opening / closing execution mode.

(4) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes by setting the opening / closing door 38b to the open state and then opening and closing the total number of game balls to the large winning opening 38a when the total number of winning balls reaches a predetermined upper limit. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger for setting the opening / closing door 38b to the closed state when the game ball enters, and the end is achieved by the elapse of a predetermined time. It may be configured to allow entry into the trigger.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, in the pachinko machine 10, after the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state, the opening / closing door 38b is closed again after a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses. Was set to. On the other hand, for example, in the pachinko machine 10, after the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state, a predetermined time elapses from the time when a prize is generated in the large winning opening 38a, so that the opening / closing door 38b is opened. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state and then sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the opening / closing door 38b to the closed state again after setting the opening / closing door 38b to the open state.
(7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is set shorter than the firing cycle of the game ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is a time equal to or longer than the firing cycle of the game ball and is n times or less (any of n = 1, 2, 3) of the firing cycle of the game ball. It may be set to the time.

(8) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of open / close execution modes. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an open / close execution mode in which the round game is executed twice in the upper limit duration of the short-time mode, and an open / close execution mode in which the round game is executed 15 times in the upper limit duration of the long-term mode. Had had. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening / closing execution mode different from these in terms of the mode of the upper limit duration and the number of executions of the round game. Further, the pachinko machine 10 is different in the mode of the upper limit duration, and instead of the configuration in which a plurality of types of opening / closing execution modes are set, the degree of opening of the opening / closing door 38b is different such as half-open or full-open. , It may be configured to set a plurality of types of open / close execution modes. Further, the aspect of the upper limit duration may be set so that the exact upper limit duration is different although it looks the same to the player.

(9) In each of the above-described embodiments, the game result and the effect for the open / close execution mode are set in advance so as to have a one-to-one correspondence. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the open / close execution mode may be randomly selected and set from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, and may be selected from a plurality of types of effects by lottery or the like. And the selection rate may be different depending on the game result.

(10) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any one of "special off result", "unspecified small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result". The information related to the special symbol combination was determined as the stop result to be finally displayed on the line L, and the special symbol combination was the same regardless of the type of the game result. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result so that it is difficult for the player to grasp which game result it is.

(11) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the jackpot, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the jackpot when the jackpot is generated. On the other hand, the MPU 62 may use the jackpot random number counter C1 for the lottery of the jackpot type when the jackpot occurs. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

(12) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of deviation results, a "special deviation result" and a "normal deviation result", and the MPU 62 stores the value of a random number that wins the jackpot occurrence. By comparing the winning / failing table with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the lottery for generating the jackpot was executed. In other words, the MPU 62 executed the lottery related to the "special deviation result" by using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1. On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in order to execute the lottery related to the "special deviation result", thereby "special deviation". A lottery related to "result" may be executed.

(13) In each of the above-described embodiments, the value of the random number that becomes the "special deviation result" is two under the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the low probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the jackpot, and the jackpot occurs. Under the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the high probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery, the value of the random number that becomes the "special deviation result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special off result" was set to be higher in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode. On the other hand, the probability of "special deviation result" may be set to be lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, and is set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. It may have been done. Further, the probability of becoming a "special deviation result" may be set to be 0 in at least one of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player by setting the winning / failing lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the state, a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player by changing the number of game times in which the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening / closing execution mode ends. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player, depending on whether or not the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the high-frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player by changing the number of game times in which the high-probability mode is continued after the opening / closing execution mode ends. ..

(15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the hold information related to the upper operating port 36 in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit, and stores the holding information related to the lower operating port 37 in the second result display unit. By storing in the hold area Rb, the hold information related to the upper working port 36 and the holding information related to the lower working port 37 are stored separately. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information related to the upper operating port 36 and the holding information related to the lower operating port 37 together.
(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the hold information related to the lower operating port 37 for digestion of game times regardless of whether or not there is holding information related to the upper operating port 36. .. On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the hold information related to the upper operating port 36 and the holding information related to the lower operating port 37 for the digestion of the game times in the order of winning the respective hold information.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the voice emission control device 90, and the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. Control of the display control device 100 was being executed. On the other hand, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the voice emission control device 90 to control the voice emission control. Control of the device 90 may be performed. The command transmitted from the main control device 60 to the voice emission control device 90 and the command transmitted from the voice emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments and are arbitrary. ..
(18) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a voice emission control device 90, and a display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and the control device of at least one of the voice emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is mainly used. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60.

(19) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect for playing the game was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the effect for the game round is not limited to the effect described in each of the above-described embodiments, and is arbitrary. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the effect of playing a game by operating the movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 in combination with the symbol display device 51. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the effect for game rotation by operating the light emitting means provided on the game board 31 in combination with the symbol display device 51. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the effect for playing games by operating these decorative members and light emitting means in combination with the symbol display device 51.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win / fail lottery and distribution lottery) based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37, and then the main display unit 45. And the symbol display device 51 executes the variation display and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37 as the stop result of the variation display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the variable display is started. The result of may be displayed. In this case, after the variable display is started and before the variable display is stopped, the internal lottery may be executed and the stop result and the like may be set.

(21) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes variable display of a pattern and displays the result of an internal lottery as a stop result of the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result regardless of the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the fluctuation display, and by displaying the stop result at random, the inside may be displayed. The result of the lottery may not be identifiable. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to include the main display unit 45.

(22) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect for playing the game was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the symbol display device 51 may execute an effect for playing games on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery.

For example, the symbol display device 51 sets a predetermined region in at least one of a region narrower than the region for displaying the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and the peripheral region of the region for displaying the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. When setting and stopping the variable display of the symbols of the symbols Z1 to Z3, a symbol that clearly shows the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in this predetermined area. The symbols to be displayed in the predetermined area may be variable-displayed or may be hidden during the variable display of the symbols of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3.

Here, as the pattern to be displayed in the predetermined area, characters, colors, and patterns that are difficult for the player to identify may be adopted, or a combination thereof may be adopted. Further, it may be difficult for the player to identify by adopting characters, colors, or patterns that are not easily identified by the player but are similar to each other or a combination thereof. According to this, for example, the manager of the pachinko / pachislot machine may win the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit by visually observing the symbol display device 51 without visually observing the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not a fraudulent act is performed to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of.

(23) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate independently, but may be configured to transmit and receive information by interlocking with an external device such as a mobile phone. .. For example, a gaming machine is configured so that a player can output an optical code by operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine, and information on the optical code is transmitted to a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The gaming machine may be configured so that the information of the gaming machine can be transmitted to the web server by capturing the image, reading the image, and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured so that the information of the web server can be received by the player entering the password issued by accessing the website into the gaming machine by operating the buttons provided on the gaming machine. You may.

(24) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been illustrated and described as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, in the gaming machine of the present invention, when a gaming ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Further, the gaming machine of the present invention may be an arrangement ball machine or another type of gaming machine such as a sparrow ball.

[Invention group extracted from each embodiment]
Hereinafter, the characteristics of the invention group extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described. Among the features of the present invention group, the configurations corresponding to each of the above-described embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the present invention group are not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments, and the features of the present invention group are characterized. Modifications, improvements, etc. within the range in which the object can be achieved, and combinations of each feature are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Characteristic A group>
Features A1.
It is equipped with a display device (design display device 51) that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner, and is expected to make the player expect that the display device will shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It is a gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) that executes reach display as
A reach display setting unit (super reach setting process) for setting the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of patterns on the display device.
When the duration of the effect is set when the variation display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed after the reach display set in the reach display setting unit is executed. A gaming machine comprising the display duration setting process of step S716).

According to the feature A1 of the present invention group, the edge effect duration setting unit executes the reach display set by the reach display setting unit, and then executes the variable display of a plurality of patterns just before the final stop display. Since the duration of the effect is set when the effect is performed, for example, when the expected effect that reduces the expectation of the player is executed before the effect is executed, the duration of the effect is set short. When the expected effect that increases the expectation of the player is executed before the effect is executed, the duration of the special effect can be set long. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention group,
Display duration setting unit (display duration of step S716) for setting the display duration until the variable display of the plurality of symbols is finally stopped after the display device has started the variable display of the plurality of symbols. With setting processing)
The display duration setting unit is characterized in that the total time of the main body duration corresponding to the reach display duration and the effect duration corresponding to the effect duration is set as the display duration. A game machine to play.

According to the feature A2 of the present invention group, the display duration setting unit displays the total time of the main body duration corresponding to the reach display duration and the effect duration corresponding to the duration of the special effect. Since it is set as, the duration of the special effect can be freely set regardless of the duration of the reach display. In other words, the display duration setting unit can set the duration of the special effect without adjusting the duration of the reach display, so that the continuous time of the special effect can be easily adjusted.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 or the feature A2 of the present invention group.
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When shifting the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the duration of the effect is set to be longer in the above case, and the player A gaming machine characterized in that when the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the pachinko machine, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened.

According to the feature A3 of the present invention group, when the special effect duration setting unit shifts the gaming state to a specific control state which is advantageous for the player after finally stopping and displaying the variation display of a plurality of patterns. Is set to lengthen the duration of the special effect, and if the game state is not shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player, the game machine is set to shorten the duration of the special effect. , It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A3 of the present invention group,
The effect duration setting unit has a long-term effect duration with a long duration of the effect and a long-term effect duration with a short duration of the effect, and finally displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner. In the case of shifting the gaming state to the specific control state advantageous to the player after the stop display is performed, the game state is set to the long-term effect duration and the gaming state is not shifted to the specific control state advantageous to the player. In some cases, the gaming machine is characterized in that it is set to the short-term production duration.

According to the feature A4 of the present invention group, the special effect duration setting unit has a long-term special effect duration with a long duration of the special effect and a long-term continuous effect duration with a short duration of the special effect, and has a long-term effect. Since it is set to either the special effect continuous time or the short-term special effect continuation time, the configuration of the special effect continuous time setting unit can be simplified.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A4 of the present invention group,
When the game state is shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the effect duration setting unit sets the long-term effect duration setting unit. If the probability of setting is high and the probability of setting the short-term effect duration is low, and the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the probability of setting the long-term effect duration is high. Is lowered, and the probability of setting the short-term production duration is increased, and by drawing lots based on this probability, it is possible to set either the long-term production duration or the short-term production duration. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature A5 of the present invention group, the special effect duration setting unit is set to either the long-term long-term effect continuous time or the short-term long-term effect continuous time by lottery. It is possible to have uncertainties in the settings. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 or the feature A2 of the present invention group.
A notice display setting unit (flame notice display) that sets the content of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the game state may be shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player with the display device. It is equipped with setting processing and cut-in notice display setting processing).
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When a notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the effect is set to be long, and the notice display setting unit of the player A gaming machine characterized in that when a notice display that reduces a sense of expectation is set, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened at the time.

According to the feature A6 of the present invention group, when the notice display setting unit sets the notice display so as to increase the expectation of the player, the time effect duration setting unit increases the duration of the time effect. When the notice display is set so as to reduce the expectation of the player in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the special effect is set to be shortened. It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the person to feel uncomfortable.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A6 of the present invention group,
The effect duration setting unit has a long-term effect duration with a long duration of the effect and a long-term effect duration with a short duration of the effect, and the game is played in the notice display setting unit. When the notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set, the notice display is set to the long-term effect duration, and the notice display setting unit sets the notice display that reduces the expectation of the player. In some cases, the gaming machine is characterized in that it is set to the short-term production duration.

According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, the special effect duration setting unit has a long-term special effect duration with a long duration of the special effect and a long-term continuous effect duration with a short duration of the special effect, and has a long-term effect. Since it is set to either the special effect continuous time or the short-term special effect continuation time, the configuration of the special effect continuous time setting unit can be simplified.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 of the present invention group,
When the advance notice display setting unit sets the advance notice display so as to increase the expectation of the player, the effect continuation time setting unit increases the probability of setting the long-term effect continuation time and increases the probability. When the probability of setting the short-term effect duration is lowered and the advance notice display is set in the advance notice display setting unit to reduce the player's expectation, the probability of setting the long-term effect duration is set. Is lowered, and the probability of setting the short-term production duration is increased, and by drawing lots based on this probability, it is possible to set either the long-term production duration or the short-term production duration. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature A8 of the present invention group, the special effect duration setting unit is set to either the long-term long-term effect continuous time or the short-term long-term effect continuous time by lottery. It is possible to have uncertainties in the settings. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features A1 to A8 of the present invention group.
A gaming machine characterized in that the reach display is executed by displaying a moving image on the display device, and the effect is executed by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device.

According to the feature A9 of the present invention group, the gaming machine executes the special effect by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device, so that the special effect can be executed without adding a new moving image or the like. It is possible to reduce the load on the gaming machine.

According to the feature A group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a gaming machine equipped with a display device for variablely displaying a plurality of patterns is known. When the game ball enters the operating port (ball entry means), the gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big hit lottery, the display device finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which the gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine executes reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will shift to a specific control state after the variable display of the pattern is started. In this reach display, the gaming machine causes the player to repeatedly press a push button, for example, to make the image in slow motion or to make the image stationary just before the display device finally stops and displays a specific combination of patterns or the like. By doing so, the player's expectation is increased by performing the immediate effect (edge effect).

However, in the process after starting the variable display of the pattern, if another effect that reduces the player's expectation is executed before the extra effect is executed, the player's expectation is increased. If the effect is executed at the same time as when the effect is executed, the player may feel uncomfortable, and the player's attention to the game may be reduced. There is a problem.

<Characteristic B group>
Feature B1.
It is equipped with a display device (design display device 51) that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner, and is expected to make the player expect that the display device will shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It is a gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) that executes
Display duration setting unit (display duration of step S716A) for setting the display duration until the variable display of the plurality of symbols is finally stopped after the display device has started the variable display of the plurality of symbols. Setting process) and
A duration distribution unit that sets the duration of a plurality of expected effects by distributing the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the durations of a plurality of expected effects (extraordinary effect duration setting process). A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with.

According to the feature B1 of the present invention group, the duration distribution unit distributes the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the durations of the plurality of expected effects, whereby the durations of the plurality of expected effects are divided. Is set, so that the duration of a plurality of expected effects can be set without changing the display duration set in the display duration setting unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify a plurality of effects, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
A reach display setting unit (super reach setting process) that sets the contents of the reach display as an expected effect to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of patterns on the display device.
When the duration of the effect is set when the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed after the reach display set in the reach display setting unit is executed. With the special production duration setting process)
The duration distribution unit sets the duration of the effect by distributing the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the duration of the reach display and the duration of the effect. A gaming machine characterized by that.

According to the feature B2 of the present invention group, the duration distribution unit distributes the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the duration of the reach display and the duration of the special effect, thereby producing the special effect. Since the duration is set, for example, when executing an expected effect that reduces the expectation of the player before executing the special effect, the duration of the special effect is set short and the special effect is executed. When performing an expected effect that increases the player's expectation before, the duration of the extra effect can be set longer. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 of the present invention group,
By adjusting the duration of the reach display, the effect duration setting unit sets the display duration set by the display duration setting unit into the reach display duration and the reach display duration. A gaming machine characterized by distribution.

According to the feature B3 of the present invention group, the time effect duration setting unit adjusts the duration of the reach display to change the display duration set by the display duration setting unit to the duration of the reach display and the time. Since it is distributed to the duration of the effect, it is possible to execute the same reach display in which the duration of the reach display and the duration of the effect are different. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 or the feature B3 of the present invention group.
A notice display setting unit (flame notice display) that sets the content of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the game state may be shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player with the display device. It is equipped with setting processing and cut-in notice display setting processing).
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When a notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the effect is set to be long, and the notice display setting unit of the player A gaming machine characterized in that when a notice display that reduces a sense of expectation is set, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened at the time.

According to the feature B4 of the present invention group, when the notice display setting unit sets the notice display so as to increase the expectation of the player, the time effect duration setting unit increases the duration of the time effect. When the notice display is set so as to reduce the expectation of the player in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the special effect is set to be shortened. It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the person to feel uncomfortable.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B4 of the present invention group,
The notice display setting unit is set to shorten the duration of the notice display that increases the expectation of the player, and lengthens the duration of the notice display that reduces the expectation of the player. A gaming machine characterized by being set.

According to the feature B5 of the present invention group, the notice display setting unit is set to shorten the duration of the notice display that increases the expectation of the player. When the notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the setting unit, the duration of the notice display can be set to be lengthened by the shortened duration of the notice display. Further, since the notice display setting unit is set to lengthen the duration of the notice display so as to reduce the expectation of the player, the special effect duration setting unit is set to the player's expectation in the notice display setting unit. When the notice display that reduces the feeling is set, the duration of the notice can be set to be shortened by the amount that the duration of the notice display is lengthened. Therefore, when the notice display setting unit sets the notice display that increases the expectation of the player, the time effect continuation time setting unit is set so as to easily lengthen the duration of the time effect. When the notice display is set in the notice display setting unit so as to reduce the expectation of the player, the duration of the effect can be easily set to be shortened.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B5 of the present invention group,
The notice display setting unit is a gaming machine characterized in that the contents of a plurality of notice displays are set and the duration of each notice display is set.

According to the feature B6 of the present invention group, the notice display setting unit sets the contents of a plurality of notice displays and sets the duration of each notice display. It is possible to divide and bear the increase or decrease in the duration of the production. In other words, the difference between the duration of the notice display that increases the player's expectation and the duration of the notice display that reduces the player's expectation can be reduced, so that the player's expectation can be reduced. The feeling of strangeness can be alleviated.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B3 of the present invention group,
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When shifting the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the duration of the effect is set to be longer in the above case, and the player A gaming machine characterized in that when the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the pachinko machine, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened.

According to the feature B7 of the present invention group, when the special effect duration setting unit shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player after finally stopping and displaying the variation display of a plurality of patterns. Is set to lengthen the duration of the special effect, and if the game state is not shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player, the game machine is set to shorten the duration of the special effect. , It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B7 of the present invention group,
The effect duration setting unit has a long-term effect duration with a long duration of the effect and a long-term effect duration with a short duration of the effect, and finally displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner. In the case of shifting the gaming state to the specific control state advantageous to the player after the stop display is performed, the game state is set to the long-term effect duration and the gaming state is not shifted to the specific control state advantageous to the player. In some cases, the gaming machine is characterized in that it is set to the short-term production duration.

According to the feature B8 of the present invention group, the special effect duration setting unit has a long-term special effect duration with a long duration of the special effect and a long-term continuous effect duration with a short duration of the special effect, and has a long-term effect. Since it is set to either the special effect continuous time or the short-term special effect continuation time, the configuration of the special effect continuous time setting unit can be simplified.

Feature B9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B8 of the present invention group,
When the game state is shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the effect duration setting unit sets the long-term effect duration setting unit. If the probability of setting is high and the probability of setting the short-term effect duration is low, and the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player, the probability of setting the long-term effect duration is high. Is lowered, and the probability of setting the short-term production duration is increased, and by drawing lots based on this probability, it is possible to set either the long-term production duration or the short-term production duration. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature B9 of the present invention group, the special production duration setting unit sets either the long-term production duration or the short-term production duration by lottery, so that the duration of the special production can be determined. It is possible to have uncertainties in the settings. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature B10.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features B2 to B9 of the present invention group.
A gaming machine characterized in that the reach display is executed by displaying a moving image on the display device, and the effect is executed by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device.

According to the feature B10 of the present invention group, the gaming machine executes the special effect by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device, so that the special effect can be executed without adding a new moving image or the like. It is possible to reduce the load on the gaming machine.

According to the feature B group of the present invention as described above, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a gaming machine equipped with a display device for variablely displaying a plurality of patterns is known. When the game ball enters the operating port (ball entry means), the gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big hit lottery, the display device finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which the gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine executes reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will shift to a specific control state after the variable display of the pattern is started. In this reach display, the gaming machine causes the player to repeatedly press a push button, for example, to make the image in slow motion or to make the image stationary just before the display device finally stops and displays a specific combination of patterns or the like. By doing so, the player's expectation is increased by performing the immediate effect (edge effect).

However, the display duration from the start of the variable display of a plurality of symbols on the display device until the variable display of the plurality of symbols is finally stopped and displayed, and the duration of the plurality of effects constituting this display duration. Is preset, so that a plurality of effects become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game may decrease.

<Characteristic C group>
Features C1.
It is equipped with a display device (design display device 51) that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner, and is expected to make the player expect that the display device will shift the game state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. It is a gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) that executes reach display as
A reach display setting unit (super reach setting process) for setting the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of patterns on the display device.
When the duration of the effect is set when the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed after the reach display set in the reach display setting unit is executed. (Processing to set the duration of the production) and
When notifying the player of the duration of the effect set by the effect duration setting unit, the effect duration notification unit (flame warning gauge raising process and cut-in warning gauge raising process) is provided. A gaming machine featuring.

According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the edge effect duration setting unit executes the reach display set by the reach display setting unit, and then executes the variable display of a plurality of patterns just before the final stop display. Since the duration of the effect is set when the effect is performed, for example, when the expected effect that reduces the expectation of the player is executed before the effect is executed, the duration of the effect is set short. When the expected effect that increases the expectation of the player is executed before the effect is executed, the duration of the special effect can be set long. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable. Further, since the special effect continuation time notification unit notifies the player of the continuous time of the effect set by the special effect continuous time setting unit, the player can confirm the continuous time of the special effect. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When shifting the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player after the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed, the duration of the effect is set to be longer in the above case, and the player A gaming machine characterized in that when the gaming state is not shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the pachinko machine, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened.

According to the feature C2 of the present invention group, when the special effect duration setting unit shifts the gaming state to a specific control state which is advantageous for the player after finally stopping and displaying the variation display of a plurality of patterns. Is set to lengthen the duration of the special effect, and if the game state is not shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player, the game machine is set to shorten the duration of the special effect. , It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C2 of the present invention group,
The effect duration notification unit is characterized in that the display device displays a gauge and the gauge corresponds to the duration of the effect to notify the player of the duration of the effect. A game machine to play.

According to the feature C3 of the present invention group, the special effect duration notification unit displays a gauge on the display device and notifies the player of the continuous time of the special effect by making the gauge correspond to the continuous time of the special effect. Therefore, the player can easily confirm the duration of the production. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
A notice display setting unit (flame notice display) that sets the content of the notice display to be executed as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the game state may be shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player with the display device. It is equipped with setting processing and cut-in notice display setting processing).
In the above case, the production duration setting unit is
When a notice display that increases the expectation of the player is set in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the effect is set to be long, and the notice display setting unit of the player A gaming machine characterized in that when a notice display that reduces a sense of expectation is set, the duration of the effect is set to be shortened at the time.

According to the feature C4 of the present invention group, when the notice display setting unit sets the notice display so as to increase the expectation of the player, the time effect duration setting unit increases the duration of the time effect. When the notice display is set so as to reduce the expectation of the player in the notice display setting unit, the duration of the special effect is set to be shortened. It is possible to improve the player's attention to the game without causing the person to feel uncomfortable.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C4 of the present invention group,
The effect duration notification unit is characterized in that the display device displays a gauge and the gauge corresponds to the duration of the effect to notify the player of the duration of the effect. A game machine to play.

According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, the special effect duration notification unit displays a gauge on the display device and notifies the player of the continuous time of the special effect by making the gauge correspond to the continuous time of the special effect. Therefore, the player can easily confirm the duration of the production. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C6
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 of the present invention group,
When the notice display setting unit sets a notice display that increases the player's expectation, the effect duration notification unit changes the gauge significantly to increase the duration of the effect. Is notified to the player, and when the notice display is set so as to reduce the expectation of the player in the notice display setting unit, the gauge is changed small to reduce the duration of the effect. A gaming machine characterized by notifying a person.

According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, when the notice display setting unit sets the notice display so as to increase the expectation of the player, the special effect duration notification unit greatly changes the gauge. The player can easily confirm that the duration of the production is long. In addition, when the notice display setting unit sets a notice display that reduces the player's expectation, the time effect duration notification unit changes the gauge slightly, so that the player can continue the time effect. It can be easily confirmed that the time is short. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C6 of the present invention group,
The notice display setting unit is a gaming machine characterized in that a plurality of notice display contents are set.

According to the feature C7 of the present invention group, since the notice display setting unit sets the contents of a plurality of notice displays, the gauge can be changed each time each notice display is executed. Therefore, the gaming machine can accumulate changes in the gauge each time each notice display is executed, and can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features C1 to C7 of the present invention group.
A gaming machine characterized in that the reach display is executed by displaying a moving image on the display device, and the effect is executed by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device.

According to the feature C7 of the present invention group, the gaming machine executes the special effect by stretching the moving image displayed on the display device, so that the special effect can be executed without adding a new moving image or the like. It is possible to reduce the load on the gaming machine.

According to the feature C group of the present invention as described above, the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a gaming machine equipped with a display device for variablely displaying a plurality of patterns is known. When the game ball enters the operating port (ball entry means), the gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of the pattern. For example, when the game machine wins a big hit lottery, the display device finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which the gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine executes reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will shift to a specific control state after the variable display of the pattern is started. In this reach display, the gaming machine causes the player to repeatedly press a push button, for example, to make the image in slow motion or to make the image stationary just before the display device finally stops and displays a specific combination of patterns or the like. By doing so, the player's expectation is increased by performing the immediate effect (edge effect).

However, in the process after starting the variable display of the pattern, if another effect that reduces the player's expectation is executed before the extra effect is executed, the player's expectation is increased. If the effect is executed at the same time as when the effect is executed, the player may feel uncomfortable, and the player's attention to the game may be reduced. There is a problem.

As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

10 ... Pachinko machine, 35 ... General winning opening, 36 ... Upper operating opening, 37 ... Lower operating opening, 38 ... Variable winning device, 38a ... Large winning opening, 38b ... Opening and closing door, 38c ... Variable winning drive unit, 39 ... Out Mouth, 51 ... symbol display device, 60 ... main control device, 62 ... MPU, 90 ... voice emission control device, 92 ... MPU, 100 ... display control device, 102 ... MPU.

Claims (1)

A display device that variablely displays a plurality of patterns is provided, and reach display is executed as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player with the display device. It ’s a game machine,
A reach display setting unit for setting the contents of the reach display to be executed after starting the variable display of a plurality of patterns on the display device, and
When the duration of the effect is set when the variable display of a plurality of patterns is finally stopped and displayed after the reach display set in the reach display setting unit is executed. ,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising an effect duration notification unit for notifying a player of the duration of the effect set by the effect duration setting unit.

Images